ML070740688: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1
{{#Wiki_filter:COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1                                     EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006
 
`
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 1 of 25
Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:
` Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:
The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%
The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%
OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.
OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.
Based on the given conditions, which is correct?
Based on the given conditions, which is correct?
Line 27: Line 26:
A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.
B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.
C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the  
C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the fast shutdown sequence.
 
D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
fast shutdown sequence.
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:
D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
Power/flow map (3.5 3.8)                                                     10CFR55.43.5
 
ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:
Power/flow map (3.5 3.8)       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5022   RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM  
SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5022 RATING:                 L3 ATTACHMENT:             YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION:           A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were inoperable.
 
Page 1 of 25
region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were  
 
inoperable.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 2 of 25 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2                                  EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.
Which of the following is correct?
Which of the following is correct?
A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.
A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.
B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.
B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.
C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours.
C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours.
D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours.  
D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.8.4B  
TS 3.8.4B SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    7657 RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2 JUSTIFICATION:          The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system.
COMMENTS:
Page 2 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 7657
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?
 
RATING: H2
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2
 
JUSTIFICATION: The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is
 
incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system. COMMENTS: 
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 3 of 25 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?
A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.
A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.
B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-
B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-12 reading.
 
12 reading.
C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.
C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.
D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.  
D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8)                     10CFR55.43.4
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8)                       10CFR55.43.4  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1  
PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8456 RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.
JUSTIFICATION:          B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.
Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram.
COMMENTS:
Page 3 of 25


SOURCE: NEW    LO: 8456
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4                                         EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset and RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:
 
RHR-P-2A               inoperable Reactor water level     +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A               in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.
RATING: H3
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.
 
JUSTIFICATION: B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.
Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 4 of 25 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset a nd RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:
 
RHR-P-2A inoperable Reactor water level +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.
If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?
If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?
A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.
A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.
B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.
B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.
C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.
C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.
D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.  
D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.
 
ANSWER:         C QUESTION TYPE:             SRO KA # & KA VALUE:           295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Reactor pressure (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: React or pressure (3.2 3.3)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5780 b RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: None  
ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       5780 b RATING:                   H3 ATTACHMENT:               None JUSTIFICATION:            A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is the correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature.
COMMENTS:
Page 4 of 25


JUSTIFICATION:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:
A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is th e correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature. COMMENTS:
Drywell pressure                     32 psig and stable RPV Level                           -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level                       29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods                       Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room           Pegged high at 10E4 An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 5 of 25 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:  
 
Drywell pressure   32 psig and stable RPV Level   -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level   29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods   Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room Pegged high at 10E4  
 
An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per-A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control  
 
ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.2.1  
PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8341 8340 RATING:                 H4 ATTACHMENT:             YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S JUSTIFICATION:          Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.
 
This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED.
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8341 8340  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 5 of 25
RATING: H4  
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S


JUSTIFICATION: Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber  Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:
This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these
Reactor level                         +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure                     1048 psig and up fast Reactor power                         27% and stable All white scram group lights         NOT illuminated MSIVs                                 Closed Drywell pressure                     1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature         85°F and up Reactor Building pressure             -.11 inches of water Which of the following procedures should be entered first?
 
A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6
procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that
 
there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED. COMMENTS: 
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 6 of 25 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:  
 
Reactor level   +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure   1048 psig and up fast Reactor power   27% and stable All white scram group lights NOT illuminated MSIVs     Closed Drywell pressure   1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature 85°F and up Reactor Building pressure -.11 inches of water  
 
Which of the following procedures should be entered first?
A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS  
 
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100  
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8017 RATING:                 L3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:         C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-PRESSURE have entry conditions..
 
COMMENTS:               THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS Page 6 of 25
SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017 RATING: L3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This  
 
requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to  
 
which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct  
 
choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-
 
PRESSURE have entry conditions.. COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 7 of 25 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago. 
 
Reactor Power      99%
WEA-RIS-14  Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low  1.8E6 cpm
 
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?


EnterA. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ. B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago.
Reactor Power                                        99%
WEA-RIS-14 Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low              1.8E6 cpm Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Enter A. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ.
B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.
C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.
C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.
D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.  
D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0)                       10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0)       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34  
PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8893 RATING:                H4 ATTACHMENT:            YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant.
COMMENTS:
Page 7 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 8893
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8                                 EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:
 
Drywell Temperature   275 °F               Reactor Pressure               25 psig Drywell Pressure     27 psig               RPV Level                     -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure     22 psig               RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1         Injecting Wetwell Level         35 ft                 SM-8                           Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?
RATING: H4
The CRS reviews A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions
 
are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 8 of 25 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:
Drywell Temperature 275 °F   Reactor Pressure   25 psig   Drywell Pressure 27 psig   RPV Level   -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure 22 psig   RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1 Injecting Wetwell Level 35 ft   SM-8     Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?
The CRS reviews --
A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.
B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).
B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).
C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.
C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.
D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.  
D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1)                                           10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature:
Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1)     10CFR55.43.5


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16  
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   4104 RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containment Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.
 
JUSTIFICATION:         A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure.
SOURCE: NEW LO: 4104 RATING: H3  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 8 of 25
ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containm ent Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low  
 
reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 9 of 25 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:


Reactor pressure 990 psig   Reactor power 31%
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:
Reactor level   36 inches   MAPRAT   0.68 MCPR   1.01   LHGR   0.27  
Reactor pressure       990 psig                     Reactor power         31%
 
Reactor level           36 inches                     MAPRAT               0.68 MCPR                   1.01                         LHGR                 0.27 Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?
Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?
A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.
A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.
B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.
B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.
C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.
C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.
D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%
D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%
RTP within 4 hours.  
RTP within 4 hours.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6 10CFR55.43.2
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6           10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4  
Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 SOURCE:                  NEW LO:                      10304 RATING:                  H2 ATTACHMENT:              YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not both.
COMMENTS:
Page 9 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 10304
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10                                     EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.
 
The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminated shortly after RHR-P-2A was started.
RATING: H2
ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.
 
Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?
ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4
A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (3.4 3.7)             10CFR55.43.5
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not
 
both. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 10 of 25 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.  
 
The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminate d shortly after RHR-P-2A was started. ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr
/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.  
 
Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?  
 
A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material.   (3.4 3.7) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control
PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control SOURCE:                   BANK QUESITON LO:                       8466 RATING:                   H3 ATTACHMENT:               YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:
 
JUSTIFICATION:           Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).
SOURCE: BANK QUESITON LO: 8466 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:
Page 10 of 25
JUSTIFICATION: Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 11 of 25 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:
 
Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum  12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level    -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level    22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure  1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31  Position 24 Control Rod 15-47  Position 08


Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11                                      EXAM KEY                                    NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:
Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum          12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level                            -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level                            22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure                        1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31                        Position 24 Control Rod 15-47                        Position 08 Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5  
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8017, 5429 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there are no entry conditi ons for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct  
SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8017, 5429 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is incorrect because there are no entry conditions for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1.
COMMENTS:
Page 11 of 25


because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12                                       EXAM KEY                                       NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12
Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above condition.
 
A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours.
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 12 of 25 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21 st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30 th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.
Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above  
 
condition.
A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31 st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours.
B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.
B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.
C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6 th. D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours from the time of discovery.  
C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6th.
 
D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours from the time of discovery.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5)                         10CFR55.43.3
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5)   10CFR55.43.3  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.3.1.1  
TS 3.3.1.1 SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       10301 RATING:                  H3 ATTACHMENT:              TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3 JUSTIFICATION:            B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours) - surveillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 10301  
Page 12 of 25


RATING: H3
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:
 
Reactor level                 -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights             not illuminated Blue Scram lights             27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B         loss of power indicated Main Generator                 undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe Based on these conditions, the CRS enters A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.
ATTACHMENT: TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3
 
JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours) - surv eillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31 st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 13 of 25 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:
 
Reactor level   -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights   not illuminated Blue Scram lights 27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B loss of power indicated Main Generator undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe  
 
Based on these conditions, the CRS enters-A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.
B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.
B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.
C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.
C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.
D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.  
D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2)           10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.  
PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.
SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    11145 RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            YES - Q10 through Q14 of PPM 5.1.2 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of RCIC for boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions.
COMMENTS:
Page 13 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 11145 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed.
 
Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.
RATING: H2
Enter A. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - Q10 through Q14  of  PPM 5.1.2
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of  RCIC  for
 
boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 14 of 25 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed. Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.  
 
EnterA. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.
B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.
B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.
C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.
C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.
D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.  
D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve (4.1 4.2)                       10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve   (4.1 4.2)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg  
PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8300 RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature.
COMMENTS:
Page 14 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 8300
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.
 
The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.
RATING: L2
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION: C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no
 
procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 15 of 25 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.  
 
The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and-A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.
B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.
B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.
C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.
C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.
D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.
D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electrical Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electri cal Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1  
TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     9414 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.
 
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 9414  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION:  
 
A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.
C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.
C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.
D is incorrect because, while a "common cause" determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run. COMMENTS:
D is incorrect because, while a common cause determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run.
 
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16
Page 15 of 25
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 16 of 25 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.
 
Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?


EnterA. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16                                    EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.
Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?
Enter A. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.
C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.
D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.
D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions  
ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    6733 RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer.
COMMENTS:
Page 16 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 6733
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17                                   EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of service and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.
 
Which of the following is correct?
RATING: H2
RBM-B is inoperable, A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours.
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION:
 
The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 17 of 25 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of serv ice and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.  
 
Which of the following is correct?  
 
RBM-B is inoperable,-
A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours.
B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour.
B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour.
C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.
C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.
D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.  
D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169  
Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5701 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1 JUSTIFICATION:         RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5701  
Page 17 of 25
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1  
 
JUSTIFICATION: RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is  
 
selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 18 of 25 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18                                    EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).
Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.
Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.
A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours.
A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours.
B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.
B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.
C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.
C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.
D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.  
D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9)                                           10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9)     10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10  
SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5013 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4 JUSTIFICATION :         If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours.
 
D is correct.
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5013  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 18 of 25
RATING: H3  
 
ATTACHMENT: SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4  
 
JUSTIFICATION : If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be  
 
required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours.  
 
D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 19 of 25 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift compleme nt consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operator's, and 1 Equipment Operator. 


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19                                      EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift complement consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operators, and 1 Equipment Operator.
Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?
Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?
A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours provided action is taken to  
A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours provided action is taken to replace these positions within 2 hours.
 
B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours and Mode 3 within the following 12 hours.
replace these positions within 2 hours.
C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours provided immediate action is taken to replace these positions.
B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours and Mode 3 within the  
D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:             SRO KA # & KA VALUE:           2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4)           10CFR50.43.2
following 12 hours.
C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours provided immediate action is  
 
taken to replace these positions.
D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4)   10CFR50.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 5.2.2b  
Tech Spec 5.2.2b SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       6071, 6933 RATING:                   H2 ATTACHMENT:               NONE JUSTIFICATION :           Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct.
 
COMMENTS:                 Added ROs to A & C as 3 are required Page 19 of 25
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 6071, 6933  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION : Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct. COMMENTS: Added RO's to A & C as 3 are required COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 20 of 25 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.
 
Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20                                    EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.
Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.  
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8) 10CFR55.43.7
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8)   10CFR55.43.7  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3  
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE:                 Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.
 
LO:                    7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.
SOURCE: Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.  
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.
COMMENTS:
Page 20 of 25


LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.
 
Who signs and dates the Installation Complete block on the TMR?
RATING: L3
A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4) 10CFR55.43.3
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION: A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5
 
specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core
 
alteration. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 21 of 25 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.  
 
Who signs and dates the "Installation Complete" block on the TMR?
A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager  
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4)           10CFR55.43.3  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4  
PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   8628 SRO only RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modifications states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the Installation Complete block. D is the correct answer.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8628 SRO only  
Page 21 of 25
 
RATING: L3  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modificati ons states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the "Installation Complete" block. D is the correct answer. COMMENTS:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 22 of 25 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE. 
 
Which of the following describes who performs the fi nal review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager
 
ANSWER: B      QUESTION TYPE: SRO


KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9)   10CFR55.43.4  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22                                    EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE.
Which of the following describes who performs the final review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager ANSWER:        B QUESTION TYPE:            SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9)           10CFR55.43.4


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3  
GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3 SOURCE:                   BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam LO:                       11258 RATING:                   H2 ATTACHMENT:               None JUSTIFICATION:           Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam  
Page 22 of 25
 
LO: 11258  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct. COMMENTS:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 23 of 25 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other
 
than naturally occurring isotopes.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other than naturally occurring isotopes.
Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?
Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager  
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.
 
(2.1 3.1)                                                       10CFR50.43.4
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits. (2.1 3.1)         10CFR50.43.4  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4  
PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4 SOURCE:                 Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified LO:                     11260 RATING:                 L4 ATTACHMENT:              NONE JUSTIFICATION:          Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified  
Page 23 of 25
 
LO: 11260  
 
RATING: L4  


ATTACHMENT: NONE
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24                                   EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed and stopping HPCS-P-1.
 
Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?
JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release. COMMENTS: 
This would be a/an A. 4 hour report for ECCS injection into the RPV.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 24 of 25 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed  
 
and stopping HPCS-P-1.  
 
Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?
 
This would be a/an-A. 4 hour report for ECCS injection into the RPV.
B. 4 hour report for Tech Spec required shutdown.
B. 4 hour report for Tech Spec required shutdown.
C. 8 hour report for valid actuation of a system.
C. 8 hour report for valid actuation of a system.
D. 8 hour report for single train inoperable.  
D. 8 hour report for single train inoperable.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies. (2.2 3.6)                               10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies.   (2.2 3.6)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6  
PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6 SOURCE:                  NEW LO:                      6011 RATING:                  H3 ATTACHMENT:              PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6 JUSTIFICATION:          A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function.
COMMENTS:
Page 24 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 6011
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25                                   EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:
 
Reactor level           -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level           off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure       105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature     199°F and up slow Wetwell level           GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure       91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate       9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
RATING: H3
 
ATTACHMENT: PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6
 
JUSTIFICATION: A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function. COMMENTS: 
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 25 of 25 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:
Reactor level -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure 105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature 199°F and up slow Wetwell level GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure 91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate 9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.
A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.
B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.
B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for  
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.
 
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.
adequate core cooling.
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0)                           10CFR55.43.5
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for  
 
adequate core cooling.  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0)                       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE: NEW   LO: 11229 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.  
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     11229 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.
 
Page 25 of 25
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 1 of 75 Columbia is at 70% power when a jet pump fails due to a loss of the nozzle (rams head) on Reactor Recirculation Loop A.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1                                  EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is at 70% power when a jet pump fails due to a loss of the nozzle (rams head) on Reactor Recirculation Loop A.
Based on this failure, the reactor operator would expect:
Based on this failure, the reactor operator would expect:
A. Reactor recirculation total flow input to APRM channels A, C, and E to decrease.
A. Reactor recirculation total flow input to APRM channels A, C, and E to decrease.
B. Indicated core flow to decrease.
B. Indicated core flow to decrease.
C. Indicated flow for Recirculation Loop A to increase.
C. Indicated flow for Recirculation Loop A to increase.
D. The failed jet pump's differential pr essure indication to be more noisy.  
D. The failed jet pumps differential pressure indication to be more noisy.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295001 AA2.06 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation (3.2)
ANSWER: C         QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295001 AA2.06 Ab ility to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW  
 
CIRCULATION: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Systems Description, "Reactor Recirculation System", Rev. 13, pg. 21-22; SD000178  
CGS Systems Description, Reactor Recirculation System, Rev. 13, pg. 21-22; SD000178 SOURCE:                 New LO:                     5023 a. Predict the impacts of the RRC system of each of the following: Jet Pump Failure RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - Loop flow will increase.
 
B. Incorrect - Indicated flow will increase.
SOURCE: New  
 
LO: 5023 a. Predict the impacts of the RRC system of each of the following: Jet Pump Failure  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Loop flow will increase. B. Incorrect - Indicated flow will increase.
C. Correct - Flow will increase due to less resistance from the nozzle.
C. Correct - Flow will increase due to less resistance from the nozzle.
D. Incorrect - Jet pump d/p indication will be less noisy on the failed jet pump. COMMENTS: Ref. 10CFR55.41(5) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2
D. Incorrect - Jet pump d/p indication will be less noisy on the failed jet pump.
COMMENTS:               Ref. 10CFR55.41(5)
Page 1 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 2 of  75 Columbia is in MODE 5 and the Benton substation 115 kV feeder is unavailable due to maintenance.  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2                              EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 5 and the Benton substation 115 kV feeder is unavailable due to maintenance.
 
If bus SM-1 trips on undervoltage, what is the expected sequence of events if no operator action is taken?
If bus SM-1 trips on undervoltage, what is the ex pected sequence of events if no operator action is taken?   A. Diesel Generator 1 automatica lly starts and reenergizes SM-7.
A. Diesel Generator 1 automatically starts and reenergizes SM-7.
B. Diesel Generator 2 automatica lly starts and reenergizes SM-7.
B. Diesel Generator 2 automatically starts and reenergizes SM-7.
C. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and breaker B-7 closes powering SM-7 from TR-B.
C. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and breaker B-7 closes powering SM-7 from TR-B.
D. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and the bus remains deenergized.  
D. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and the bus remains deenergized.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295003 AA1.03 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown (4.4)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295003 AA1.03 Ab ility to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C.
POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown (4.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 12, pg. 30; SD000182  
CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 12, pg. 30; SD000182 SOURCE:               New LO:                   5051d. Explain or identify the system interlock or response: Identify SM7 response to primary and secondary undervoltage.
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:        A Correct - On a primary undervoltage condition, the EDG will automatically start and the output breaker will close when the generator is up to rated speed and voltage.
SOURCE: New  
B Incorrect - DG-2 cannot energize SM-7.
 
C Incorrect - Transformer TR-B is deenergized as given in the stem.
LO: 5051d. Explain or identify the system interlock or response: Identify SM7 response to primary and secondary undervoltage.
D Incorrect - The lockout relay does not trip.
 
COMMENTS:             10CFR55.41(7)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
Capitalized MODE Page 2 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None


JUSTIFICATION: A Correct - On a primary under voltage condition, the EDG will automatically start and the output breaker will close when the generator is up to rated speed and voltage.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following:
 
* An Extended Station Blackout is in progress
B Incorrect - DG-2 cannot energize SM-7.
* RCIC is currently injecting to the RPV If all DC power will soon be lost, powering which of the following DC buses from DG-4, the Alternate AC Station Battery Charger, will prevent a RCIC trip and allow CONTINUED RCIC injection?
 
A. S1-1 B. S1-2 C. S2-1 D. S1-7 ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295004 AA2.04 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2)
C Incorrect - Transformer TR-B is deenergized as given in the stem.
 
D Incorrect - The lockout relay does not trip. COMMENTS: 10CFR55.41(7)
Capitalized MODE 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 3 of  75 Given the following:
An Extended Station Blackout is in progress RCIC is currently injecting to the RPV  
 
If all DC power will soon be lost, powering which of the following DC buses from DG-4, the Alternate AC Station Battery Charger, will pr event a RCIC trip and allow CONTINUED RCIC injection?
A. S1-1   B. S1-2   C. S2-1   D. S1-7 ANSWER: A     QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295004 AA2.04 Ab ility to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, DC Distr ibution, rev. 7, pg. 23 - 30; SD000188 CGS System Description, AC Distri bution, rev. 13, pg. 29; SD000182  
CGS System Description, DC Distribution, rev. 7, pg. 23 - 30; SD000188 CGS System Description, AC Distribution, rev. 13, pg. 29; SD000182 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct - Bus S1-1 by itself will allow RCIC to continue to function, without this power, RCIC will trip.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - There is minimal effect on RCIC from loss of this bus.
 
LO:
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 4  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Bus S1-1 by it self will allow RCIC to continue to function, without this power, RCIC will trip. B. Incorrect - There is minimal effect on RCIC from loss of this bus.
C. Incorrect - RCIC continues to run without indication on most valves.
C. Incorrect - RCIC continues to run without indication on most valves.
D. Incorrect - This bus does not supply RCIC loads. COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4
D. Incorrect - This bus does not supply RCIC loads.
COMMENTS:             Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (7)
Page 3 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 4 of  75 The purpose of the Feedwater Level Cont rol System Setpoint Setdown is to:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4                              EXAM KEY                         NOVEMBER 2006 The purpose of the Feedwater Level Control System Setpoint Setdown is to:
A. Maintain reactor water level below level 8 following a SCRAM.
A. Maintain reactor water level below level 8 following a SCRAM.
B. Lower the reactor water level setpoint when there is only one feedpump running.
B. Lower the reactor water level setpoint when there is only one feedpump running.
C. Ensure the feedpump turbines do not overspeed following a SCRAM.
C. Ensure the feedpump turbines do not overspeed following a SCRAM.
D. Lower the reactor water level setpoi nt when in single element control.  
D. Lower the reactor water level setpoint when in single element control.
 
ANSWER:   A QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     295006 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor water level setpoint Setdown: Plant specific (3.1)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295006 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor water level set point Setdown: Plant specific (3.1)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Feedw ater Level Control System, Rev. 13, Section V. A. ; SD000157  
CGS System Description, Feedwater Level Control System, Rev. 13, Section V. A. ; SD000157 SOURCE:             New Question LO:                 5397 State the purpose of Setpoint Setdown, when it initiates, how it is reset, and how it affects the FWLC system.
 
RATING:             Knowledge: Fundamental       Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:         None JUSTIFICATION:         A. Correct - The signal happens upon a scram, and it is to prevent reaching level8.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - The signal only occurs on a scram.
 
C. Incorrect - The feedpumps will slow down automatically following a scram due to less feedwater demand.
LO: 5397 State the purpose of Setpoint Se tdown, when it initiates, how it is reset, and how it affects the FWLC system.  
D. Incorrect - Setpoint set down has no function associated with being in single element control.
 
COMMENTS:           10 CFR 55.41 (7)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
Page 4 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The signal happens upon a scram, and it is to prevent reaching level8. B. Incorrect - The signal only occurs on a scram.
C. Incorrect - The feedpumps will slow down automatically following a scram due to less feedwater demand. D. Incorrect - Setpoint set down has no function associated with being in single element control. COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 5 of 75 ABN-RCC is being performed due to a complete loss of RCC. 


The bases for this procedure requiring the operati ng crew to place all the RCC pump switches in the pull to lock position is to:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 ABN-RCC is being performed due to a complete loss of RCC.
The bases for this procedure requiring the operating crew to place all the RCC pump switches in the pull to lock position is to:
A. minimize the potential for damaging the pumps and/or motors.
A. minimize the potential for damaging the pumps and/or motors.
B. minimize break flow in the event of a piping failure.
B. minimize break flow in the event of a piping failure.
C. allow the system to be returned to service in a controlled manner.
C. allow the system to be returned to service in a controlled manner.
D. maintain RCC inventory unt il the system is restored.  
D. maintain RCC inventory until the system is restored.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295018 / 2.1.28 Knowledge of the purpose and function of major components and controls.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
2.1.20 Ability to execute procedure steps (4.3) [Deleted]
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295018 / 2.1.28 Knowledge of the purpose and function of major components and controls.
2.1.20 Ability to execute proc edure steps (4.3) [Deleted]  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, bases for step 4.1.4  
ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, bases for step 4.1.4 SOURCE:                 New LO:
 
RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:         A. Incorrect - see C.
SOURCE: New  
B. Incorrect - see C.
 
C. Correct- The bases for placing the pumps in PTL is that in the event of a loss of power to busses SL-71 and SL-81 the pump breakers remain closed due to there not being an undervoltage breaker trip. Placing the switches in PTL ensures an orderly return to service.
LO:
D. Incorrect - see C.
 
COMMENTS:               Ref: 10 CFR 50.41 (4) & (10)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3  
Page 5 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - see C.
B. Incorrect - see C.  
 
C. Correct- The bases for placing the pumps in PTL is that in the event of a  
 
loss of power to busses SL-71 and SL
-81 the pump breakers remain closed due to there not being an undervoltage breaker trip. Placing the switches in PTL ensures an orderly return to service.  
 
D. Incorrect - see C.  
 
COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 50.41 (4) & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 6 of  75 Which of the following will fail in the closed direction following a complete loss of Control Air System pressure?
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6                                  EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following will fail in the closed direction following a complete loss of Control Air System pressure?
A. CRD flow control valves (CRD-FCV-2A/2B).
A. CRD flow control valves (CRD-FCV-2A/2B).
B. Intertie between the Containment Nit rogen Inerting System and the Containment Instrument Air System (CN-V-65).
B. Intertie between the Containment Nitrogen Inerting System and the Containment Instrument Air System (CN-V-65).
C. Inboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MS-V-22A/22B/22C/22D).
C. Inboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MS-V-22A/22B/22C/22D).
D. Reactor Closed Cooling Water heat exchanger discharge valves (RCC-V-2A/2B/2C).  
D. Reactor Closed Cooling Water heat exchanger discharge valves (RCC-V-2A/2B/2C).
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295019 AA2.02 (AK2.03 RFW) Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Status of safety related instrument air system loads (see AK2.1- AK2-19)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
(3.6)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295019 AA2.02 (AK2.03 RFW) Ab ility to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT  
 
AIR: Status of safety related instru ment air system loads (see AK2.1- AK2-19)
(3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, "Control Rod Hydraulic System", Rev. 12, Section IV. K; SD000142  
CGS System Description, Control Rod Hydraulic System, Rev. 12, Section IV. K; SD000142 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     7605. Describe the effect of a CAS failure on system loads.
 
RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct - The CRD flow control valve fails closed on a loss of CAS.
SOURCE: New Question  
They have a stop that prevents them from fully closing.
 
B. Incorrect - The intertie valve is gagged open, so that it will stay open with a loss of CAS.
LO: 7605. Describe the effect of a CAS failure on system loads.  
C. Incorrect - The feedpump governor valves are electro-hydraulically operated.
 
D. Incorrect - The RCCW heat exchanger discharge valves are motor operated.
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
COMMENTS:               Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7)
 
Page 6 of 75
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The CRD flow control valve fails closed on a loss of CAS.
They have a stop that prevents them from fully closing. B. Incorrect - The intertie valve is gagged open, so that it will stay open with a loss of CAS. C. Incorrect - The feedpump governor valves are electro-hydraulically operated. D. Incorrect - The RCCW heat exchanger discharge valves are motor operated. COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 7 of 75 Columbia is in MODE 4. An inadvertent drain-down of the reactor vessel has reduced level to -55 inches.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7                              EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 4. An inadvertent drain-down of the reactor vessel has reduced level to -55 inches.
Which of the following methods of decay heat removal from the RPV is available?
Which of the following methods of decay heat removal from the RPV is available?
A. RHR A or B - Shutdown Cooling.
A. RHR A or B - Shutdown Cooling.
B. Injection with HPCS AND opening some SRVs.
B. Injection with HPCS AND opening some SRVs.
C. Reject heat through the RW CU non-regenerative heat exchanger.
C. Reject heat through the RWCU non-regenerative heat exchanger.
D. Run at least one Reactor Recirc Pump.  
D. Run at least one Reactor Recirc Pump.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     295021 AK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Adequate core cooling (3.9)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295021 AK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Adequate core cooling (3.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 20; SD000198  
CGS System Description, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 20; SD000198 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5781 c. List the interlocks and trips associated with the following RHR system components: RHR-V-6A/B RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - V-8 closes at level 3.
 
B. Correct - HPCS is available, as well as SRVs in this mode.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 5781 c. List the interlocks and trips associated with the following RHR system components: RHR-V-6A/B  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - V-8 closes at level 3. B. Correct - HPCS is available, as well as SRVs in this mode.
C. Incorrect - RWCU isolates at level 2.
C. Incorrect - RWCU isolates at level 2.
D. Incorrect - This provides forced core cooling, but not decay heat removal. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (7) & (8)
D. Incorrect - This provides forced core cooling, but not decay heat removal.
Capitalize MODE and remove 'one'.
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (7) & (8)
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8
Capitalize MODE and remove one.
 
Page 7 of 75
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 8 of 75 Given the following conditions :
Columbia was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. Drywell pressure is 15 psig. Reactor pressure is 400 psig.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8                              EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following conditions :
* Columbia was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
* Drywell pressure is 15 psig.
* Reactor pressure is 400 psig.
For the above conditions, which of the following operator actions will clear the interlocks for RHR-V-24A, Suppression Pool cooling, so that it can be opened?
For the above conditions, which of the following operator actions will clear the interlocks for RHR-V-24A, Suppression Pool cooling, so that it can be opened?
A. Place switch RHR-RMS-S105, RHR-V-42A Valve Logic Override, in OVERRIDE.
A. Place switch RHR-RMS-S105, RHR-V-42A Valve Logic Override, in OVERRIDE.
B. Place switch RHR-RMS-S101A, RHR-V-42A Permissive Override, in TEST.
B. Place switch RHR-RMS-S101A, RHR-V-42A Permissive Override, in TEST.
C. ONLY CLOSE RHR-V-42A, LPCI injection.
C. ONLY CLOSE RHR-V-42A, LPCI injection.
D. CONTINUALLY hold switch for RHR-V-24A in the OPEN position.  
D. CONTINUALLY hold switch for RHR-V-24A in the OPEN position.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     295024 EK2.12 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Suppression pool cooling (3.5)
ANSWER: C     QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295024 EK2.12 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Suppression pool cooling (3.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descripti on, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 15-16  
CGS System Description, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 15-16 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5781 List the interlocks and trips associated with the following RHR system components: f. RHR-V-24A/B and RHR-V-27A/B RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - This will allow throttling of 42a, but is not necessary below 470.
 
B. Incorrect - This will allow 42A to be tested during normal ops.
SOURCE: New Question  
C. Correct - This will clear the interlock, allow the valve to be opened and stay open as long as pressure stays below 470.
 
D. Incorrect - This only overrides the logic if a LPCI initiation has not already occurred.
LO: 5781 List the interlocks and trips a ssociated with the following RHR system components: f. RHR-V-24A/B and RHR-V-27A/B  
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (9) & (10)
 
Page 8 of 75
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - This will allow th rottling of 42a, but is not necessary below 470. B. Incorrect - This will allow 42A to be tested during normal ops.
C. Correct - This will clear the interlock, allow the valve to be opened and stay open as long as pressure stays below 470. D. Incorrect - This only overrides the logic if a LPCI initiation has not already occurred. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (9) & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 9 of 75 The EOPs require an Emergency Depressurizati on be performed prior to exceeding the high wetwell temperature limit.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9                                EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 The EOPs require an Emergency Depressurization be performed prior to exceeding the high wetwell temperature limit.
The bases for this requirement is to protect the:
The bases for this requirement is to protect the:
A. Fuel Cladding.
A. Fuel Cladding.
B. Reactor Pressure Vessel.
B. Reactor Pressure Vessel.
C. Primary Containment.
C. Primary Containment.
D. Reactor Building.  
D. Reactor Building.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     295026 EK3.01 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE:
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
Emergency/normal depressurization (3.8)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295026 EK3.01 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE: Emergency/normal depressurization (3.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
5.0.10, EOP Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, page 200  
5.0.10, EOP Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, page 200 SOURCE:              New Question LO:                  5629 State the three (3) purposes of the suppression chamber.
RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - ECCS suction would be adversely affected by an ED, but even if primary containment was lost, CST is still available.
B. Incorrect - ED is to mitigate the possibility of a LOCA, not to prevent one.
C. Correct - The basis is to maintain the pressure suppression capability of the containment.
D. Incorrect - Secondary containment would not be damaged by this problem.
COMMENTS:            Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (9) & (10)
Calitalized fuel and cladding Page 9 of 75


SOURCE: New Question
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10                             EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, has been entered and it has been determined that WW level CANNOT be maintained above 19 ft 2 in. According to the procedure, an Emergency Depressurization is required.
 
If the Emergency Depressurization is not started until level has lowered to 18 ft 6 in, what are the consequences?
LO: 5629 State the three (3) purpos es of the suppression chamber.
A. Vortexes at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the pumps.
 
B. Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid.
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis  Difficulty: 2
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - ECCS suction would be adversely affected by an ED, but even if primary containment was lost, CST is still available. B. Incorrect - ED is to mitigate the possibility of a LOCA, not to prevent one. C. Correct - The basis is to maintain the pressure suppression capability of the containment. D. Incorrect - Secondary containment would not be damaged by this problem. COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (9) & (10)
Calitalized fuel and cladding 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 10 of  75 PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containm ent Control, has been entered and it has been determined that WW level CANNOT be maintained above 19 ft 2 in. According to the procedure, an Emergency Depressurization is required.  
 
If the Emergency Depressurization is not started unt il level has lowered to 18 ft 6 in, what are the consequences?
A. Vortexes at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the pumps. B. Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid.
C. Condensation of steam from the SRV downcomers cannot be assured.
C. Condensation of steam from the SRV downcomers cannot be assured.
D. The SRV Tail Pipe Level Limit (SRVTPLL) will be exceeded.  
D. The SRV Tail Pipe Level Limit (SRVTPLL) will be exceeded.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     [New KA] 295030 EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam Condensation (3.8) [New KA]
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
[KA Deleted] 295030 EK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Heat capacity (3.8) [KA Deleted]
 
KA # & KA VALUE: [New KA] 295030 EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam Condensation (3.8) [New KA]
[KA Deleted] 295030 EK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Heat capacity (3.8) [KA Deleted]  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.2.1, Primar y Containment Control, Re
PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, Rev. 15 and 5.0.10, Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, pg. 262 SOURCE:               2003 CGS Initial Licensing Exam - Modified RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis     Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - Vortexing does not begin until 17.5 ft for the RCIC system.
: v. 15 and 5.0.10, Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, pg. 262  
B. Incorrect - Temperature indication is still valid at this level.
 
C. Correct - The downcomer vents will be exposed, and steam will not be properly condensed.
SOURCE: 2003 CGS Initial Licensing Exam - Modified  
D. Incorrect - The SRVTPLL will be exceeded by raising level.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (5) & (8)
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 3  
Page 10 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Vortexing does not begin until 17.5 ft for the RCIC system. B. Incorrect - Temperature indicati on is still valid at this level. C. Correct - The downcomer vents will be exposed, and steam will not be properly condensed. D. Incorrect - The SRVTPLL will be exceeded by raising level.
COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (5) & (8) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 11 of 75 Procedure 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS, has been ent ered. Boron Injection is required and the SLC system keylock switches have been taken to operate.


Which of the following conditions would prevent bor on injection if no other operator action is taken?
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11                                EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS, has been entered. Boron Injection is required and the SLC system keylock switches have been taken to operate.
Which of the following conditions would prevent boron injection if no other operator action is taken?
A. The SLC Test Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-31 is OPEN.
A. The SLC Test Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-31 is OPEN.
B. The RWCU Outboard Isolati on Valve RWCU-V-4 is OPEN.
B. The RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve RWCU-V-4 is OPEN.
C. Storage Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-1A OR SLC-V-1B is CLOSED.
C. Storage Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-1A OR SLC-V-1B is CLOSED.
D. Loss of continuity to squib valves SL C-V-4A & 4B AFTER keylock switches are taken to OPER.  
D. Loss of continuity to squib valves SLC-V-4A & 4B AFTER keylock switches are taken to OPER.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295037 EA1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: SBLC (4.5)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 EA1.04 Ab ility to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: SBLC (4.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, SLC, Rev. 11, pg. 9; SD000172  
CGS System Description, SLC, Rev. 11, pg. 9; SD000172 SOURCE:               Clinton 1 7/23/2001 - Modified LO:                    5925 Describe the expected response to placing the SLC system A or B keylock switch in the operate position.
 
RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Correct - The pump suction valves cannot open if the test valve is open. The pump suction valves not fully open prevents boron injection if no other operator action is taken.
SOURCE: Clinton 1 7/23/2001 - Modified  
B. Incorrect - The only input to SLC pump start circuitry is the suction valve position.
C. Incorrect - Flow is still possible through one train.
D. Incorrect - This is the indication expected for the squib valves after firing (opening).
COMMENTS:              10 CFR 50.41 (6) (7)
Page 11 of 75


LO: 5925 Describe the expected response to placing the SLC system A or B keylock switch in the operate position.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following describes the Halon systems discharge rate in the Control Room floor modules?
 
Does the Halon discharge, by itself, make the Control Room uninhabitable?
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis  Difficulty: 3
A. Discharges fully immediately. Control Room is still habitable.
 
B. Discharges fully immediately. Control Room must be evacuated.
ATTACHMENT: None
C. Discharges over an extended period of time. Control Room is still habitable.
 
D. Discharges over an extended period of time. Control Room must be evacuated.
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The pump suction valves cannot open if the test valve is open. The pump suction valves not fully open prevents boron
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     600000 AK1.02 Knowledge of the operation applications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire On Site: Fire fighting (2.9)
 
injection if no other operator action is taken. B. Incorrect - The only input to SLC pump start circuitry is the suction valve position. C. Incorrect - Flow is still possible through one train.
D. Incorrect - This is the indicati on expected for the squib valves after firing (opening). COMMENTS: 10 CFR 50.41 (6) (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 12 of  75 Which of the following describes the Halon system
's discharge rate in the Control Room floor modules?  
 
Does the Halon discharge, by itsel f, make the Control Room uninhabitable?
A. Discharges fully immediately.
Control Room is still habitable.
B. Discharges fully immediately.
Control Room must be evacuated.
C. Discharges over an extended period of ti me. Control Room is still habitable.
D. Discharges over an extended period of ti me. Control Room must be evacuated.  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 600000 AK1.02 Knowledge of the operation applications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire On Site: Fire fighting (2.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Fire Protection, Rev. 11, Pg. 11-13; SD000177  
CGS System Description, Fire Protection, Rev. 11, Pg. 11-13; SD000177 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5376 Briefly explain the operation of the following types of fire suppression systems: e. Control Room Halon 1301 Floor Modules RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - the discharge is in three stages over 12 minutes.
 
B. Incorrect - the discharge is in three stages over 12 minutes.
SOURCE: New Question  
C. Correct - The discharge is extended, and the Halon is designed so that the CR will still be habitable.
 
D. Incorrect - The Halon is designed to leave the CR habitable.
LO: 5376 Briefly explain the operation of the following types of fire suppression systems: e. Control Room Halon 1301 Floor Modules  
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4)
 
Page 12 of 75
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - the dischar ge is in three stages over 12 minutes. B. Incorrect - the discharge is in three stages over 12 minutes.
C. Correct - The discharge is extended, and the Halon is designed so that the CR will still be habitable. D. Incorrect - The Halon is designed to leave the CR habitable. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 13 of 75 Columbia was operating at full power with RCIC tagged out. A trip of both Reactor Feedwater Pumps caused RPV level to drop and a Reactor scram to occur on low RPV water level. HPCS
 
recovered RPV level and HPCS-V-4 was closed when RPV water level reached +35". Conditions
 
are currently:
 
-Reactor Pressure 700 psig (rising at 10 psig per minute)
-Time after scram 5 minutes
-CRD pumps both tripped
-Drywell pressure 0.3 psig


If no additional operator actions are taken, what is the expected RPV water level response over the next 10 minutes and why?  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with RCIC tagged out. A trip of both Reactor Feedwater Pumps caused RPV level to drop and a Reactor scram to occur on low RPV water level. HPCS recovered RPV level and HPCS-V-4 was closed when RPV water level reached +35. Conditions are currently:
 
-Reactor Pressure 700 psig (rising at 10 psig per minute)
RPV water level will-A. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to heatup.
-Time after scram 5 minutes
-CRD pumps both tripped
-Drywell pressure 0.3 psig If no additional operator actions are taken, what is the expected RPV water level response over the next 10 minutes and why?
RPV water level will A. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to heatup.
B. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to Startup Valve leakage exceeding decay heat requirements.
B. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to Startup Valve leakage exceeding decay heat requirements.
C. lower below the low level alarm point due to cooldown.
C. lower below the low level alarm point due to cooldown.
D. lower below the low RPV level trip se tpoint due to steam loads reducing RPV water inventory.  
D. lower below the low RPV level trip setpoint due to steam loads reducing RPV water inventory.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295008 AA2.05 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL: Swell (2.9)
ANSWER: A     QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295008 AA2.05 Ab ility to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL: Swell (2.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==


SOURCE: Cooper Exam 8/2/2002  
SOURCE:               Cooper Exam 8/2/2002 LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct - The specific volume change from the CST water to saturated liquid at 700 psig results in ~40% increase in gallons/inches of RPV level. 80 of cold water added = 112.
LO:
B. Incorrect - Rx pressure is above Condensate Booster pressure.
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The specific volume change from the CST water to saturated liquid at 700 psig results in ~40% increase in gallons/inches  
 
of RPV level. 80" of cold water added = 112". B. Incorrect - Rx pressure is above Condensate Booster pressure.
C. Incorrect - RPV water level will rise.
C. Incorrect - RPV water level will rise.
D. Incorrect - RPV level will rise. BPVs are closed and other steam loads will not lower level under these conditions. COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (5) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14
D. Incorrect - RPV level will rise. BPVs are closed and other steam loads will not lower level under these conditions.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (5)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 14 of 75 Procedure ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW has been entered due to a low RPV level condition. This procedure contains a caution that states "Do not lower drive water pressure to LT 260 psid". 
Page 13 of 75


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW has been entered due to a low RPV level condition. This procedure contains a caution that states Do not lower drive water pressure to LT 260 psid.
The bases for maintaining drive water pressure greater than 260 psid is to:
The bases for maintaining drive water pressure greater than 260 psid is to:
A. Maintain seal water to the reactor recirc pump seals.
A. Maintain seal water to the reactor recirc pump seals.
B. Support control rod in sertion per the EOP's.
B. Support control rod insertion per the EOPs.
C. Prevent CRD pump runout at low RPV pressures.
C. Prevent CRD pump runout at low RPV pressures.
D. Maintain cooling water to the Control Rod Drive Mechanisms.  
D. Maintain cooling water to the Control Rod Drive Mechanisms.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     295009 Low Reactor Water Level 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions (3.4)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295009 Low Reactor Water Level 2.1.32 Ab ility to explain and apply system limits and precautions (3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW, Revision 1, Bases section CGS System Description, Control R od Drive Hydraulic System, Rev. 12  
ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW, Revision 1, Bases section CGS System Description, Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System, Rev. 12 SOURCE:              New Question LO:                  5186. a. Describe the impact of CRD pressure controller operation on the following CRD System parameters: Drive water differential pressure RATING:              Knowledge: Fundamental / Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:          A. Incorrect - Drive water DP and suction pressure of the pump are not directly related.
B. Correct - Dp is necessary to drive rods.
C. Incorrect - This does not prevent runout, because the pump could still runout through the scram valves if it was going to.
D. Incorrect - The FCV maintains cooling flow.
COMMENTS:            Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (6)
Page 14 of 75


SOURCE: New Question
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15                                 EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 After a 370 day run at full power, a Group 1 isolation resulted in a reactor scram. EOP 5.1.1, RPV Control, and EOP 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control have been entered.
 
Given the following conditions:
LO: 5186. a. Describe the impact of CRD pressure controller operation on the following CRD System parameters:  Dr ive water differential pressure RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental / Difficulty: 3
* RPV Pressure is being maintained 800 to 1000 psig using SRVs.
 
* RPV Level is +30 inches and stable.
ATTACHMENT: None
* Suppression Pool cooling is unavailable.
 
* Wetwell temperature is 106°F and rising.
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Drive water DP and suction pressure of the pump are not directly related. B. Correct - Dp is necessary to drive rods.
Which of the following injection lineups will result in the LEAST amount of heat added to the Wetwell assuming this lineup will be maintained for several hours?
C. Incorrect - This does not prevent runout, because the pump could still runout through the scram valves if it was going to. D. Incorrect - The FCV maintains cooling flow. COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (6)
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 15 of  75 After a 370 day run at full power, a Group 1 isolati on resulted in a reactor scram. EOP 5.1.1, RPV Control, and EOP 5.2.1, Primary Containment C ontrol have been entered.  
 
Given the following conditions: RPV Pressure is being maintained 800 to 1000 psig using SRVs. RPV Level is +30 inches and stable. Suppression Pool cooling is unavailable. Wetwell temperature is 106 F and rising.  
 
Which of the following injection lineups will resu lt in the LEAST amount of heat added to the Wetwell assuming this lineup will be maintained for several hours?
A. HPCS flow from the CST.
A. HPCS flow from the CST.
B. RCIC flow from the CST.
B. RCIC flow from the CST.
C. HPCS flow from the Wetwell.
C. HPCS flow from the Wetwell.
D. RCIC flow from the Wetwell.  
D. RCIC flow from the Wetwell.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295013 AA1.02 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Systems that add heat to the suppression pool (3.6)
ANSWER: B     QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295013 AA1.02 Ab ility to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE
: Systems that add heat to the suppression pool (3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, RCIC, Rev. 12, Procedure 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, Rev. 15, and Proc edure 5.1.1, RPV Control, Rev. 16 SOURCE: New Question  
CGS System Description, RCIC, Rev. 12, Procedure 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, Rev. 15, and Procedure 5.1.1, RPV Control, Rev. 16 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis, Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - The injection flow into the RPV would be the same as RCIC, but none of the steam sent to the WW would go through RCIC, so it would have more overall enthalpy.
LO:
B. Correct - Some of the steam would exhaust through RCIC vice the SRVs lowering the overall heat being added to the wetwell.
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis, Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The injection flow into the RPV would be the same as RCIC, but none of the steam sent to the WW would go through RCIC, so it would have more overall enthalpy. B. Correct - Some of the steam would exhaust through RCIC vice the SRVs lowering the overall heat being added to the wetwell. C. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produce the sa me amount of steam. It is also not using the steam for work. D. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produc e the same amount of steam. COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (5), (8), (14) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16
C. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produce the same amount of steam. It is also not using the steam for work.
 
D. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produce the same amount of steam.
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 16 of 75 Due to special test requirements, Columbia Generat ing Station is in MODE 2 being shut down by control rod insertion instead of a manual scram. Reac tor pressure is steady at 900 psig and reactor power is at 12 on IRM range 7. 
COMMENTS:             10 CFR 55.41 (5), (8), (14)
 
Page 15 of 75
Due to a plant problem contro l rod insertion has been stopped.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Due to special test requirements, Columbia Generating Station is in MODE 2 being shut down by control rod insertion instead of a manual scram. Reactor pressure is steady at 900 psig and reactor power is at 12 on IRM range 7.
Due to a plant problem control rod insertion has been stopped.
With no operator action taken, which of the following will result?
With no operator action taken, which of the following will result?
A. Reactor Scram due to hi neutron flux.
A. Reactor Scram due to hi neutron flux.
B. Reactor Scram due to MSIV closure.
B. Reactor Scram due to MSIV closure.
C. Rod block due to SRM upscale.
C. Rod block due to SRM upscale.
D. Rod block due to IRM downscale.  
D. Rod block due to IRM downscale.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295014 AK2.06 Knowledge of the interrelations between Inadvertent Reactivity Addition and the following: Moderator temperature (3.4 / 3.5)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AK2.06 Knowledge of t he interrelations between Inadvertent Reactivity Addition and the following:
Moderator temperature (3.4 / 3.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SER 24-91; SD000161  
SER 24-91; SD000161 SOURCE:                Bank - Modified; Analysis Difficulty: 3 LO:                    5192 RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Correct - Reactor power will increase due to the effects of the cooldown causing a hi flux scram.
B. Incorrect - RPV Pressure is on DEH in automatic. MSIV close at 831 in RUN.
C. Incorrect - SRM rod block is bypassed.
D. Incorrect - Power increases not decreases.
COMMENTS:              POAH is 25 on IRM Range 8 Page 16 of 75


SOURCE: Bank - Modified; Analysis  Difficulty: 3
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 100% power. Radiation readings for the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum begin rising on REA-RIS-609A, B, C, and D.
 
If the radiation source continues to give off INCREASING amounts of radioactive gas, the Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder outputs will rise to the Z signal setpoint of _________ and then the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder output readings will _________ .
LO: 5192
A. 13 mr/hr, continue to RISE.
 
RATING: H3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Reactor power will increase due to the effects of the cooldown causing a hi flux scram. B. Incorrect - RPV Pressure is on DEH in automatic. MSIV close at 831 in RUN. C. Incorrect - SRM rod block is bypassed.
D. Incorrect - Power increases not decreases. COMMENTS: POAH is 25 on IRM Range 8 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 17 of  75 Columbia is operating at 100% power. Radiati on readings for the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum begin rising on REA-RIS-609A, B, C, and D.  
 
If the radiation source continues to give off INCREASING amounts of radioactive gas, the Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder outputs will rise to the 'Z' signal setpoint of _________
and then the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder output readings will _________ . A. 13 mr/hr, continue to RISE.
B. 13mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.
B. 13mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.
C. 15mr/hr, continue to RISE.
C. 15mr/hr, continue to RISE.
D. 15mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.  
D. 15mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       295034 EA1.02 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION: Process Radiation monitoring system (3.9)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295034 EA1.02 Ab ility to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION: Process Radiation monitoring system (3.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, PRM, rev. 11, pg. 19-20; SD000147; SD000173  
CGS System Description, PRM, rev. 11, pg. 19-20; SD000147; SD000173 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     5647 State the automatic actions associated with each of the following gaseous and liquid stream Process Radiation Monitors upon sensing high radiation levels: g. Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum RMS RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - Z signal isolates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr, therefore, no more radioactive gases would be drawn in, and what gas was already in the plenum would decay.
 
B. Correct - Z signal isolates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 5647 State the automatic actions associated with each of the following gaseous and liquid stream Process Radiation Monitors upon sensing high  
 
radiation levels: g. Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum RMS  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Z signal is olates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr, therefore, no more radioactive gas es would be drawn in, and what gas was already in the plenum would decay. B. Correct - Z signal isolates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr.
C. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr.
C. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr.
D. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (7) & (11) & (13) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18
D. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr.
 
COMMENTS:               Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (7) & (11) & (13)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 18 of 75 Columbia is in MODE 4 twelve hours after a S CRAM with Shutdown Cooling in service on RHR A.
Page 17 of 75
Reactor water level is 55 inches and pressure is 75 psig. The CRO mistakenly throttles down on RHR-V-3A, Heat Exchanger Shell Side Outlet, causing RHR flow to DECREASE to 700 gpm.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18                                  EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 4 twelve hours after a SCRAM with Shutdown Cooling in service on RHR A.
Reactor water level is 55 inches and pressure is 75 psig. The CRO mistakenly throttles down on RHR-V-3A, Heat Exchanger Shell Side Outlet, causing RHR flow to DECREASE to 700 gpm.
Over the next 30 minutes, if no other operator actions are taken, RPV :
Over the next 30 minutes, if no other operator actions are taken, RPV :
A. temperature will remain STABLE.
A. temperature will remain STABLE.
B. level will INCREASE.
B. level will INCREASE.
C. temperature will DECREASE.
C. temperature will DECREASE.
D. level will DECREASE.  
D. level will DECREASE.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       205000 A1.05 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE controls including: Reactor water level (3.4)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 205000 A1.05 Ab ility to predict and/or moni tor changes in parameters associated with operating the S HUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE controls including: Reactor water level (3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descripti on, RHR, rev. 11, pg. 22; SD000198  
CGS System Description, RHR, rev. 11, pg. 22; SD000198 SOURCE:                Fermi 2, 12/11/1995 - Modified LO:                    7728 Describe the physical connection and / or the cause-and-effect relationships between the RHR system and the following: g. RPV RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.
B. Correct - Flow through the RHR HX drops causing less cooling resulting in a temp rise causing RPV level to rise.
C. Incorrect -The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.
D. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.
COMMENTS:              10 CFR 55.41 (7), (14)
Page 18 of 75


SOURCE: Fermi 2, 12/11/1995 - Modified
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19                                 EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following combinations of RPV Wide Range Level (MS-LIS-37A/B) and Drywell Pressure Switches (MS-PS-48A/B/C/D) will cause the Low Pressure Core Spray System to automatically initiate?
 
A. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48A B. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48B C. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48C D. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48D ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       209001 K1.09 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear boiler instrumentation (3.2)
LO: 7728 Describe the physical connection and / or the cause-and-effect relationships between the RHR syst em and the following: g. RPV
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis    Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow. B. Correct - Flow through the RHR HX drops causing less cooling resulting in a temp rise causing RPV level to rise. C. Incorrect -The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow. D. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow. COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7), (14) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 19 of  75 Which of the following combinations of R PV Wide Range Level (MS-LIS-37A/B) and Drywell Pressure Switches (MS-PS-48A/B/C/D) will cause the Low Pressure Core Spray System to automatically initiate?
A. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48A B. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48B C. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48C D. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48D  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 209001 K1.09 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear boiler instrumentation (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, LPCS, Rev. 10, pg. 7; SD000192  
CGS System Description, LPCS, Rev. 10, pg. 7; SD000192 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     LO-5481 List the signals and setpoints, which cause a LPCS initiation.
 
RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start.
 
LO: LO-5481 List the signals and setpoint s, which cause a LPCS initiation.  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 4  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start. B. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start.
C. Correct - see reference.
C. Correct - see reference.
D. Incorrect - this will start LPCI B & C COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20
D. Incorrect - this will start LPCI B & C COMMENTS:               10 CFR 55.41 (7)
Page 19 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 20 of  75 A Large Break LOCA has occurred and the RPV is depr essurized. HPCS is injecting from the CST, and LPCS is injecting. There ar e NO other injection lineups available.  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20                                EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 A Large Break LOCA has occurred and the RPV is depressurized. HPCS is injecting from the CST, and LPCS is injecting. There are NO other injection lineups available.
 
To prevent Wetwell level from reaching the SRV Tail Pipe Level Limit of _______, the _______
To prevent Wetwell level from reaching the SR V Tail Pipe Level Limit of _______, the _______
pump should be stopped.
pump should be stopped.
A. 51 ft, LPCS B. 41 ft, LPCS C. 51 ft, HPCS D. 41 ft, HPCS  
A. 51 ft, LPCS B. 41 ft, LPCS C. 51 ft, HPCS D. 41 ft, HPCS ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     209002 A2.12 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High suppression pool level (3.3)
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 209002 A2.12 Ab ility to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those  
 
predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High suppression pool level (3.3)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Procedure 5.2.1, Primar y Containment Control, rev. 15  
Procedure 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, rev. 15 SOURCE:              New Question LO:                  8384 Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose of terminating injection into the primary containment if wetwell level and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL.
RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - this is not an injection source external to the PC.
B. Incorrect - this is not an injection source external to the PC.
C. Correct - per the EOP, stop injection source external to the PC, the SRVTPLL is 51 ft.
D. Incorrect - this is the incorrect SRVTPLL.
COMMENTS:            10 CFR 55.41 (8)
Page 20 of 75


SOURCE: New Question
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 90% power in three-element control when an inadvertent actuation of HPCS occurs.
 
If all systems respond as expected, with no operator action, what will indicated RPV water level do?
LO: 8384 Given a list, identify the statem ent that describes the purpose of terminating injection into the primary containment if wetwell level and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL.
Indicated RPV water level will.
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis    Difficulty: 2
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - this is not an injection source external to the PC. B. Incorrect - this is not an inje ction source external to the PC. C. Correct - per the EOP, stop inject ion source external to the PC, the SRVTPLL is 51 ft. D. Incorrect - this is the incorrect SRVTPLL. COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (8)
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 21 of  75 Columbia is operating at 90% power in three-el ement control when an inad vertent actuation of HPCS occurs.  
 
If all systems respond as expected, with no operator action, what will indicated RPV water level do?  
 
Indicated RPV water level will-.
A. rise, then stabilize lower than the original level.
A. rise, then stabilize lower than the original level.
B. rise, then stabilize higher than the original level.
B. rise, then stabilize higher than the original level.
C. lower, then stabilize lowe r than the original level.
C. lower, then stabilize lower than the original level.
D. lower, then stabilize higher than the original level.  
D. lower, then stabilize higher than the original level.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       209002 A1.03 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) controls including: Reactor water level (3.7)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 209002 A1.03 Ab ility to predict and/or moni tor changes in parameters associated with operating the H IGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) controls including: Reactor water level (3.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS FSAR, Section 15.5.1, Inadver tent High-Pressure Core Spray Startup, Amendment 57  
CGS FSAR, Section 15.5.1, Inadvertent High-Pressure Core Spray Startup, Amendment 57 CGS System Description, Feedwater Level Control System, Rev. 13 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis       Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - Level will initially swell, but the higher steam flow than feed flow will produce a level error due to higher steam flow than feed flow, this will speed up the FP until the level error goes away in the FWLC system.
CGS System Description, Feedwater Level Control System, Rev. 13  
B. Correct - Level will initially swell. The FWLC system will have an error due to steam flow > feed flow. It will bias stabilized level higher.
 
C. Incorrect - Level will initially swell due to pressure decrease from HPCS spray in shroud.
SOURCE: New Question  
D. Incorrect - Level will initially swell.
 
COMMENTS:              10 CFR 55.41 (5)
LO:
Page 21 of 75
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 4  


ATTACHMENT: None
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22                           EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 When the SLC System A keylock switch is taken to the OPER position, what is the overall expected RWCU System response?
 
A. RWCU-V-4 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open B. RWCU-V-1 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open C. ONLY RWCU-V-4 closes D. ONLY RWCU-V-1 closes ANSWER:   A QUESTION TYPE:     Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:   211000 A4.06 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Level will initia lly swell, but the higher steam flow than feed flow will produce a level error due to higher steam flow than feed
RWCU system isolation (3.9)
 
flow, this will speed up the FP until the level error goes away in the
 
FWLC system. B. Correct - Level will initially sw ell. The FWLC system will have an error due to steam flow > feed flow. It will bias stabilized level higher. C. Incorrect - Level will initially swell due to pressure decrease from HPCS spray in shroud. D. Incorrect - Level will initially swell. COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (5)
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 22 of  75 When the SLC System A keylock switch is taken to the 'OPER' position, what is the overall expected RWCU System response?
A. RWCU-V-4 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open B. RWCU-V-1 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open C. ONLY RWCU-V-4 closes D. ONLY RWCU-V-1 closes  
 
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 211000 A4.06 Ab ility to manually operate and/or m onitor in the control room: RWCU system isolation (3.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descrip tion, RWCU, Rev. 10; SD000190  
CGS System Description, RWCU, Rev. 10; SD000190 SOURCE:           New Question LO:               5931 Given one or more systems that interrelate to SLC, state the importance or function of that relationship RATING:           Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:       None JUSTIFICATION:       A. Correct, SLC operation causes V-4 to close, V-4 closed causes FCV-33 to close. It is important that FCV-33 close to remain an option for boron injection.
 
B. Incorrect, V-4 closes.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 5931 Given one or more systems that interrelate to SLC, state the importance or function of that relationship  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct, SLC operation causes V-4 to close, V-4 closed causes FCV-33 to close. It is important that FCV-33 close to remain an option for  
 
boron injection. B. Incorrect, V-4 closes.
C. Incorrect, FCV-33 closes on a V-4 closure signal.
C. Incorrect, FCV-33 closes on a V-4 closure signal.
D. Incorrect, V-4 closes. COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6), (9) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23
D. Incorrect, V-4 closes.
 
COMMENTS:         Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6), (9)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 23 of 75 Both SLC system keylock switches have been taken to OPERATE. ONE of the squib valves failed to open. 
Page 22 of 75


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23                              EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Both SLC system keylock switches have been taken to OPERATE. ONE of the squib valves failed to open.
What should the operator expect the APPROXIMATE boron injection flowrate to the RPV to be if all other components operate as expected?
What should the operator expect the APPROXIMATE boron injection flowrate to the RPV to be if all other components operate as expected?
A. 30 gpm B. 40 gpm C. 60 gpm D. 80 gpm  
A. 30 gpm B. 40 gpm C. 60 gpm D. 80 gpm ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     211000 A1.04 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Valve operations (3.6)
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 211000 A1.04 Ab ility to predict and/or moni tor changes in parameters associated with operating the ST ANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Valve operations (3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descrip tion, SLC, Rev. 11; SD000172  
CGS System Description, SLC, Rev. 11; SD000172 SOURCE:             New Question LO:                 5922 Describe the following SLC system flowpaths: a. Normal Injection RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:          A. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90.
 
B. Incorrect - single pump output is 45 gpm, but the pumps are cross-tied.
SOURCE: New Question  
C. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90.
 
D. Correct - the pumps are cross-tied, and they are positive displacement pumps. Pump output will be 90 gpm.
LO: 5922 Describe the following SLC system flowpaths: a. Normal Injection  
COMMENTS:            Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)
Page 23 of 75


RATING: Knowledge: Analysis    Difficulty: 3
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power with no equipment out of service. I&C technicians are preparing to start a test on RPS trip system A that will produce a half-scram. You notice one of the four RPS Scram Group lights is NOT lit on RPS trip system B.
 
What are your immediate actions per procedure ABN-RPS, and what would the consequences be if the RPS A half scram is initiated?
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90. B. Incorrect - single pump output is 45 gpm, but the pumps are cross-tied. C. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90.
D. Correct - the pumps are cro ss-tied, and they are positive displacement pumps. Pump output will be 90 gpm. COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 24 of  75 Columbia is operating at 99% power with no equipm ent out of service. I&C technicians are preparing to start a test on RPS trip system A t hat will produce a half-scram. You notice one of the four RPS Scram Group lights is NO T lit on RPS trip system B.  
 
What are your immediate actions per proc edure ABN-RPS, and what would the consequences be if the RPS A half scram is initiated?
A. Replace fuse, half-scram with no rod movement.
A. Replace fuse, half-scram with no rod movement.
B. Immediately stop the work on RPS A, half-scram with no rod movement.
B. Immediately stop the work on RPS A, half-scram with no rod movement.
C. Replace fuse, one quarter of the rods scram.
C. Replace fuse, one quarter of the rods scram.
D. Immediately stop the work on R PS A, one quarter of the rods scram.  
D. Immediately stop the work on RPS A, one quarter of the rods scram.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       212000 A2.19 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Partial system activation (Half-SCRAM)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
(3.8)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.19 Ab ility to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use  
 
procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those  
 
abnormal conditions or operations: Part ial system activation (Half-SCRAM)
(3.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Procedure ABN-RPS, Rev. 2 CGS System Description, RPS, rev. 12; SD000161  
Procedure ABN-RPS, Rev. 2 CGS System Description, RPS, rev. 12; SD000161 SOURCE:                New Question LO:                    7683 Predict the effect(s) that a failure of the RPS system will have on: a.
Scram and Backup Scram valves RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:              A. Incorrect - One quarter of the B scram solenoids are de-energized.
When the A scram solenoids are de-energized, those rods will scram.
B. Incorrect- One quarter of the rods will move.
C. Incorrect - Procedure ABN-RPS directs you to stop work on the other trip system.
D. Correct - One quarter of the rods would scram, procedure directs you to stop work on the A trip system.
COMMENTS:              Reference 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)
Added Columbia as operating qt 99%power and removed then from stem.
Page 24 of 75


SOURCE: New Question
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 IRM channel E is on Range 3 and is reading 10/40 scale. Reactor period is stable at +60 seconds.
 
Assuming no operator actions to add reactivity, which of the following readings would be expected after 2.5 minutes?
LO: 7683 Predict the effect(s) that a fa ilure of the RPS system will have on: a.
Approximately A. 25/40 on Range 3 B. 78/125 on Range 4 C. 12/40 on Range 5 D. 95/125 on Range 6 ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     215003 A4.03 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Scram and Backup Scram valves
IRM range switches (3.6)
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis  Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - One quarter of the B scram solenoids are de-energized.
When the A scram solenoids are de-energized, those rods will scram. B. Incorrect- One quarter of the rods will move.
C. Incorrect - Procedure ABN-RPS direct s you to stop work on the other trip system. D. Correct - One quarter of the rods would scram, procedure directs you to stop work on the A trip system. COMMENTS: Reference 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)
Added Columbia as operating qt 99%pow er and removed 'then' from stem.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 25 of  75 IRM channel E is on Range 3 and is reading 10/40 scale. Reactor period is stable at +60 seconds.  
 
Assuming no operator actions to add reactivity, wh ich of the following readings would be expected after 2.5 minutes?  
 
Approximately--
A. 25/40 on Range 3 B. 78/125 on Range 4 C. 12/40 on Range 5 D. 95/125 on Range 6  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 215003 A4.03 Ab ility to manually operate and/or m onitor in the control room: IRM range switches (3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Inte rmediate Range Monitor, Rev. 8; SD000138  
CGS System Description, Intermediate Range Monitor, Rev. 8; SD000138 SOURCE:             Bank - Slightly Modified LO:                 5461 Describe the correlation between Reactor Period and IRM indication.
 
RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:      60(sec period) divided by 1.44 = 42 seconds per doubling; 150sec. divided by 42 = 3.57 doublings. 10 to 20 on range 3 is one doubling; 20 to 40 on range 3 is another doubling(2 total); 40 to 80 on range 4 is another doubling (3 total); .57 doublings more - is about 120 range 4 or 12 range 5 COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (1)
SOURCE: Bank - Slightly Modified  
Page 25 of 75
 
LO: 5461 Describe the correlation between Reactor Period and IRM indication.  


RATING: Knowledge:  Analysis Difficulty: 3
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 26                                 EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following circumstances for the Source Range Monitors will generate a rod block?
 
A. 5 x 104 counts per second and all IRMs on range 3.
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: 60(sec period) divided by 1.44
= 42 seconds per doubling; 150sec. divided by 42 = 3.57 doublings. 10 to 20 on range 3 is one doubling; 20 to 40 on
 
range 3 is another doubling(2 total); 40 to 80 on range 4 is another doubling (3 total); .57 doublings more - is about 120 range 4 or 12 range 5 COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (1) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 26
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 26 of  75 Which of the following circumstances for the Source Range Monitors will generate a rod block?
A. 5 x 10 4 counts per second and all IRMs on range 3.
B. 0.9 counts per second.
B. 0.9 counts per second.
C. SRM channel A mode switch in standby.
C. SRM channel A mode switch in standby.
D. One detector retracted with 165 counts per second.  
D. One detector retracted with 165 counts per second.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     215004 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM and the following: Rod control and information system: Plant specific (3.0)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 215004 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between SOURCE RANG E MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM and the following: Rod control and information system: Plant specific (3.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Sour ce Range Monitor, Rev. 10; SD000132  
CGS System Description, Source Range Monitor, Rev. 10; SD000132 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                  5943 List the scrams and the rod blocks generated by the SRM system.
 
Include the setpoints for each and when they are bypassed.
SOURCE: New Question  
RATING:              Knowledge: Fundamental        Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - 105 counts per second is the rod block.
B. Incorrect - The setpoint is 0.7 cps.
C. Correct - One channel being out of operate provides a rod block.
D. Incorrect - This rod block is set at 100cps.
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7)
Page 26 of 75


LO: 5943 List the scrams and the rod blocks generated by the SRM system.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 27                                 EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at full power, annunciator CIA DIV 1 OUT OF SERVICE annunciates.
Include the setpoints for each and when they are bypassed.
You then receive a call reporting that CIA-RV-5A, which is located downstream of Nitrogen backup bank bottle pressure control valve, CIA-PCV-2A, and between CIA-V-30A and CIA-V-39A, is stuck open. There is a large amount of nitrogen escaping depressurizing the line.
 
What supply(ies) is(are) still available to operate ADS valves in addition to the accumulators?
RATING: Knowledge:  Fundamental    Difficulty: 2
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - 10 5 counts per second is the rod block. B. Incorrect - The setpoint is 0.7 cps.
C. Correct - One channel being out of operate provides a rod block. D. Incorrect - This rod block is set at 100cps. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 27
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 27 of  75 With Columbia operating at full power, annuncia tor CIA DIV 1 OUT OF SERVICE annunciates.
You then receive a call reporting that CIA-RV-5A, which is located downstream of Nitrogen backup bank bottle pressure control valve, CIA-PCV-2A, and between CIA-V-30A and CIA-V-39A, is stuck open. There is a large amount of ni trogen escaping depressurizing the line.  
 
What supply(ies) is(are) still available to operat e ADS valves in addition to the accumulators?
A. ONLY the Main Header for ALL SRVs.
A. ONLY the Main Header for ALL SRVs.
B. ONLY ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.
B. ONLY ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.
C. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for ALL SRVs.
C. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for ALL SRVs.
D. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.  
D. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     218000 K6.04 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: Air supply to ADS valves: Plant specific (3.6)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 218000 K6.04 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: Air supply to ADS valves: Plant specific (3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Contai nment Instrument Air, Rev. 8; SD000156  
CGS System Description, Containment Instrument Air, Rev. 8; SD000156 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   7748 Determine the effect a CIA malfunction has on: b. SRVs RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - ADS Accumulator Header B is still available.
 
B. Incorrect - the Main header is still available.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 7748 Determine the effect a CIA malfunction has on: b. SRVs  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - ADS Accu mulator Header B is still available. B. Incorrect - the Main header is still available.
C. Incorrect - the ADS Accumulator Header B cannot backfeed into A.
C. Incorrect - the ADS Accumulator Header B cannot backfeed into A.
D. Correct - A header isolates, main header and B header are still available. COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (7), (8), & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 28
D. Correct - A header isolates, main header and B header are still available.
 
COMMENTS:             Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (7), (8), & (10)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 28 of 75 Given the following conditions :
Page 27 of 75
Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48D in TRIP. Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48B failed HIGH. Procedure ABN-FAZ has been entered.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 28                                EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following conditions :
* Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48D in TRIP.
* Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48B failed HIGH.
* Procedure ABN-FAZ has been entered.
Which of the following describes the automatic actuations of the NSSSS system AND describes the operator action necessary to mitigate that impact?
Which of the following describes the automatic actuations of the NSSSS system AND describes the operator action necessary to mitigate that impact?
A. ALL RCC to the Drywell is ISOLATED, VENT the Drywell.
A. ALL RCC to the Drywell is ISOLATED, VENT the Drywell.
B. ALL Circulating Water Pumps TRIP, Place RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling.
B. ALL Circulating Water Pumps TRIP, Place RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling.
C. ALL TSW Pumps TRIP, Ensure a TSW pump STARTS after DG starts.
C. ALL TSW Pumps TRIP, Ensure a TSW pump STARTS after DG starts.
D. RWCU to the Drywell is ISOLATED, OPEN RWCU-FCV-33, Blowdown Control Valve, to prevent RWCU relief valves from lifting.  
D. RWCU to the Drywell is ISOLATED, OPEN RWCU-FCV-33, Blowdown Control Valve, to prevent RWCU relief valves from lifting.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       223002 A2.06 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PCIS/NSSSS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Containment instrumentation failures (3.0)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 223002 A2.06 Ab ility to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PCIS/NSSSS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Containment instrumentation failures (3.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, pg. 3 CGS System Description, NS 4, Rev. 10, pg. 5; SD000173 SOURCE: New Question  
ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, pg. 3 CGS System Description, NS4, Rev. 10, pg. 5; SD000173 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct - RCC isolated can cause drywell pressure to exceed F signal, venting may be necessary.
LO:
B. Incorrect - Circ water pump A does not trip.
RATING: Knowledge:   Analysi s      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - RCC isolated can cause drywell pressure to exceed F signal, venting may be necessary. B. Incorrect - Circ water pump A does not trip.
C. Incorrect - NO pumps will trip without a LOOP signal.
C. Incorrect - NO pumps will trip without a LOOP signal.
D. Incorrect - RWCU does NOT isolate on drywell pressure or plant trip or ECCS initiation. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (7) & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 29
D. Incorrect - RWCU does NOT isolate on drywell pressure or plant trip or ECCS initiation.
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (7) & (10)
Page 28 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 29 of  75 The Control Room has been evacuated due to a noxious chemical. The following conditions exist:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 29                                EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The Control Room has been evacuated due to a noxious chemical. The following conditions exist:
RPV Level is BELOW Level 1.
RPV Level is BELOW Level 1.
RHR-P-2A AND RHR-P-2B are running.  
RHR-P-2A AND RHR-P-2B are running.
 
DP-S1-2A is de-energized.
DP-S1-2A is de-energized.  
All Normal/Emergency switches at the Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) and the Alternate Remote.
 
All Normal/Emergency switches at the Remote S hutdown Panel (RSP) and the Alternate Remote.
Shutdown Panel (ASP) have been taken to Emergency.
Shutdown Panel (ASP) have been taken to Emergency.
Based on the given conditions, which of the following describes operation of the SRVs?
Based on the given conditions, which of the following describes operation of the SRVs?
A. ADS CAN automatically initiate AND AD S SRVs can be manually operated from the RSP. B. ADS CAN automatically initiate BUT AD S SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP. C. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate BU T ADS SRVs can be manually opened from the RSP. D. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate A ND ADS SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP.
A. ADS CAN automatically initiate AND ADS SRVs can be manually operated from the RSP.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 239002 K4.05 Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VAL VES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the fo llowing: Allows for SRV operation from more than one location: Plant specific (3.6)  
B. ADS CAN automatically initiate BUT ADS SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP.
C. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate BUT ADS SRVs can be manually opened from the RSP.
D. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate AND ADS SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP.
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     239002 K4.05 Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Allows for SRV operation from more than one location: Plant specific (3.6)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, ADS, Re
CGS System Description, ADS, Rev. 10, pg. 8; SD000186 and RSP, Rev. 6, pg. 8 ; SD000210 SOURCE:             New Question LO:                 5077 List the power supplies to the ADS solenoids 5886 State the effects to associated component controls and alarms when their Power Transfer Switches are placed to the EMERGENCY position.
: v. 10, pg. 8; SD000186 and RSP, Rev. 6, pg. 8 ; SD000210 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5077 List the power supplies to the ADS solenoids 5886 State the effects to associated component controls and alarms when  
RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:          A. Incorrect - ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be blocked by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves will open, but some will.
B. Incorrect - ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be blocked by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves will open, but some will.
C. Correct - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer.
D. Incorrect - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer.
COMMENTS:
Page 29 of 75


their Power Transfer Switches are placed to the EMERGENCY position. RATING: Knowledge:  Analysis  Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 30                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 95% power with the Feedwater Level Control System in three-element control. RPV level is 36".
 
If the controlling Narrow Range Level instrument fails high, what will be the immediate trend of the ACTUAL RPV level, AND, what is the MAXIMUM/MINIMUM level BEFORE level stabilizes?
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect -  ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be
A. Up, BELOW Level 7 B. Up, ABOVE Level 7 C. Down, BELOW Level 4 D. Down, ABOVE Level 4 ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       [New KA] 259002 K5.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM: Water level measurement (3.1) [New KA]
'blocked' by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves
[KA Deleted] 259002 K5.09 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM: Adequate core cooling: FWCI (3.8) [KA Deleted]
 
will open, but some will. B. Incorrect -  ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be
'blocked' by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves
 
will open, but some will. C. Correct - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer. D. Incorrect - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 30
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 30 of  75 Columbia is operating at 95% power with the Feedw ater Level Control System in three-element control. RPV level is 36".  
 
If the controlling Narrow Range Level instrument fails high, what will be the i mmediate trend of the ACTUAL RPV level, AND, what is the M AXIMUM/MINIMUM level BEFORE level stabilizes?
A. Up, BELOW Level 7 B. Up, ABOVE Level 7 C. Down, BELOW Level 4 D. Down, ABOVE Level 4  
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: [New KA] 259002 K5.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL  
 
SYSTEM: Water level measurement (3.1) [New KA]
[KA Deleted] 259002 K5.09 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM: Adequate core cooling: FWCI (3.8) [KA Deleted]  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, FWLC, Rev. 13, pg. 6,16; SD000157 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5400 Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element Control, to a failure or malfunction of the following: Loss of the selected RPV Level Channel 9711 Describes the FWLC system malfunc tions, which will initiate a RFW CONTR SYSTEM TROUBLE alarm. RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - If controlling le vel fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down. B. Incorrect - If controlling level fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down. C. Incorrect - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering.
CGS System Description, FWLC, Rev. 13, pg. 6,16; SD000157 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     5400 Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element Control, to a failure or malfunction of the following: Loss of the selected RPV Level Channel 9711 Describes the FWLC system malfunctions, which will initiate a RFW CONTR SYSTEM TROUBLE alarm.
D. Correct - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3) & (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 31
RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - If controlling level fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down.
 
B. Incorrect - If controlling level fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down.
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 31 of 75 An accident occurred allowing radioactive gas to be released into the Reactor Building.
C. Incorrect - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering.
 
D. Correct - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering.
If a SGT pressure controller fails, and Reactor Build ing pressure increases above zero, this would cause the offsite release rate of halogens to
COMMENTS:               Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3) & (7)
___________. The operator can REDUCE the offsite release of halogens by manually___________ Standby Gas Treatment flow to the elevated release. A. Increase, Increasing B. Increase, Decreasing C. Decrease, Increasing D. Decrease, Decreasing
Page 30 of 75


ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 31                                EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 An accident occurred allowing radioactive gas to be released into the Reactor Building.
 
If a SGT pressure controller fails, and Reactor Building pressure increases above zero, this would cause the offsite release rate of halogens to ___________. The operator can REDUCE the offsite release of halogens by manually___________ Standby Gas Treatment flow to the elevated release.
KA # & KA VALUE: 261000 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Off-site release rate (3.6)  
A. Increase, Increasing B. Increase, Decreasing C. Decrease, Increasing D. Decrease, Decreasing ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       261000 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Off-site release rate (3.6)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descrip tion, SGT, Rev. 12 SD0900144  
CGS System Description, SGT, Rev. 12 SD0900144 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5822 State the Reactor Building pressure the SGT system is designed to maintain, as well as the pressure its DPIC is set to maintain and why it is at that setting.
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct, unfiltered release increases. More flow means less pressure.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure.
 
C. Incorrect - positive pressure creates outflow, which will increase release rate.
LO: 5822 State the Reactor Building pre ssure the SGT system is designed to maintain, as well as the pressure its DPIC is set to maintain and why it is at  
D. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13)
that setting.  
Page 31 of 75
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct, unfiltered rel ease increases. More flow means less pressure. B. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure.
C. Incorrect - positive pressure creates outflow, which will increase release rate. D. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 32
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 32 of 75 Columbia was operating at full power with Divis ion 1 Standby Gas Treatment train tagged out for charcoal replacement when a Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident occurred.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 32                                  EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with Division 1 Standby Gas Treatment train tagged out for charcoal replacement when a Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident occurred.
Flow to the elevated release point from the Standby Gas Treatment system will be ________ with only one train operating instead of two, and the offsite release will be _____________ 10 CFR Part 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits during the accident.
Flow to the elevated release point from the Standby Gas Treatment system will be ________ with only one train operating instead of two, and the offsite release will be _____________ 10 CFR Part 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits during the accident.
A. the same, above B. the same, below C. lower, above D. lower, below  
A. the same, above B. the same, below C. lower, above D. lower, below ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       261000 K6.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: A. C.
 
Electrical distribution (2.9)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 261000 K6.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: A. C.
Electrical distribution (2.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, SGT, Rev. 12, pg. 3; SD000144  
CGS System Description, SGT, Rev. 12, pg. 3; SD000144 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5821 State the purpose of the Standby Gas Treatment system.
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis       Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - The design bases of the SGT is to maintain releases within part 100 during DBAs.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Correct - Flow is controlled to pressure, and the design of SGT is to maintain within part 100 limits.
 
C. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train.
LO: 5821 State the purpose of t he Standby Gas Treatment system.  
D. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 Added 100%power to stem Page 32 of 75
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis     Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The design bas es of the SGT is to maintain releases within part 100 during DBAs. B. Correct - Flow is controlled to pressure, and the design of SGT is to maintain within part 100 limits. C. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train. D. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 Added 100%power to stem 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 33


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 33 of  75 On 4160 volt AC breakers NOT in the HPCS system which of the following is correct?  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 33                              EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 On 4160 volt AC breakers NOT in the HPCS system which of the following is correct?
 
The charging motor charges the __________ spring.
The charging motor charges the __________
If DC control power is lost, __________ breaker trip(s) is / are still active.
spring. If DC control power is lost, __________
A. opening; no B. opening; the overcurrent C. closing; no D. closing; the overcurrent ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     262001 K5.02 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to A. C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION: Breaker control (2.6)
breaker trip(s) is / are still active.
A. opening; no B. opening; the overcurrent C. closing; no D. closing; the overcurrent  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 K5.02 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to A. C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION: Breaker control (2.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, AC Distr ibution, Rev. 13, Pg. 20-23; SD000182  
CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 13, Pg. 20-23; SD000182 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5065, 5051 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental       Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - The closing springs are charged by motor.
 
B. Incorrect - The closing springs are charged by motor.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 5065, 5051  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The clos ing springs are charged by motor. B. Incorrect - The closing springs are charged by motor.
C. Correct.
C. Correct.
D. Incorrect - The overcurrent tr ip is powered from DC and is NOT active when DC is lost. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7)  
D. Incorrect - The overcurrent trip is powered from DC and is NOT active when DC is lost.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7)
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 34
Page 33 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 34 of  75 During a Station Blackout, as the battery discharges over time loads such as a motor will draw
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 34                              EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 During a Station Blackout, as the battery discharges over time loads such as a motor will draw
___________ current while running. This is because battery voltage ___________ over time.
___________ current while running. This is because battery voltage ___________ over time.
A. less, decreases.
A. less, decreases.
B. less, increases.
B. less, increases.
C. more, decreases.
C. more, decreases.
D. more, increases.  
D. more, increases.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     263000 A1.01 Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION controls including: Battery charging/discharging rate (2.5)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 263000 A1.01 Ab ility to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the D.C. EL ECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION controls including: Battery charging/discharging rate (2.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Procedure 5.
CGS Procedure 5.6.1, Rev. 12, pg. 5 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
6.1, Rev. 12, pg. 5  
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis/ Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current.
 
B. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current.
SOURCE: New Question  
C. Correct - The battery voltage will decrease and more current is drawn from the battery as it discharges D. Incorrect - Motor current goes up, and battery voltage decreases over time.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8)
LO:
Page 34 of 75
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis/ Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current. B. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current.
C. Correct - The battery voltage will decrease and more current is drawn from the battery as it discharges D. Incorrect - Motor current goes up, and battery voltage decreases over time. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 35
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 35 of 75 The plant has experienced a small LOCA. Drywell pr essure is 6 psig. All systems functioned as designed. Ten minutes after the acciden t, all off-site power is lost. 


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 35                                EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has experienced a small LOCA. Drywell pressure is 6 psig. All systems functioned as designed. Ten minutes after the accident, all off-site power is lost.
Which of the following automatic responses would you expect following the loss of off-site power?
Which of the following automatic responses would you expect following the loss of off-site power?
A. SW-P-1A/1B will start after its 20 second time delay.
A. SW-P-1A/1B will start after its 20 second time delay.
B. DG-3 will trip on high jacket water temperature.
B. DG-3 will trip on high jacket water temperature.
C. A Failure to Auto Start alarm will annunciate for all DGs.
C. A Failure to Auto Start alarm will annunciate for all DGs.
D. HPCS-P-2 will start regardless of its discharge valve position.  
D. HPCS-P-2 will start regardless of its discharge valve position.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     264000 A3.06 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) including: Cooling water system operation (3.1)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 264000 A3.06 Ab ility to monitor automatic oper ations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) including: Cooling water system operation  
 
(3.1)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, St andby Service Water, Rev. 14; SD000204  
CGS System Description, Standby Service Water, Rev. 14; SD000204 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   7744 Describe the physical connection and/or cause-and-effect relationship between Service Water and: b. Diesel Generators RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - the discharge valve must stroke closed after the sequencer sequences SW on, and then start to reopen. This adds to the normal start time.
 
B. Incorrect - this trip will still be bypassed after the LOOP.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 7744 Describe the physical connection and/or cause-and-effect relationship between Service Water and: b. Diesel Generators  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - the dischar ge valve must stroke closed after the sequencer sequences SW on, and then start to reopen. This adds to  
 
the normal start time. B. Incorrect - this trip will still be bypassed after the LOOP.
C. Incorrect - this would trip the DG.
C. Incorrect - this would trip the DG.
D. Correct - this pump auto starts regardless of its discharge valve position. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 36
D. Correct - this pump auto starts regardless of its discharge valve position.
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8)
Page 35 of 75


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 36 of  75 Columbia was operating at full power with TR-S t agged out of service to facilitate BPA work. A leak in containment caused drywell pressure to rise to 4 psig. All systems operated as designed except that breaker CB-B-8 failed to auto close.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 36                                EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with TR-S tagged out of service to facilitate BPA work. A leak in containment caused drywell pressure to rise to 4 psig. All systems operated as designed except that breaker CB-B-8 failed to auto close.
 
If, coincident with the start of DG-2, a Generator Overcurrent condition were to occur, which of the following is correct?
If, coincident with the start of DG-2 , a Generator Overcurrent condition were to occur, which of the following is correct?
A. DG-2 would start and trip due to the overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.
A. DG-2 would start and trip due to t he overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.
B. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2C starts and 5 seconds later, RHR-P-2B starts.
B. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2C starts and 5 seconds later, RHR-P-2B starts.
C. DG-2 would start but not tie onto S M-8 due to the overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.
C. DG-2 would start but not tie onto SM-8 due to the overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.
D. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2B starts and 10 seconds later, RHR-P-2C would start.  
D. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2B starts and 10 seconds later, RHR-P-2C would start.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:           Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:         264000 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following:
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
Emergency core cooling systems (4.2)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 264000 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following:
Emergency core cooling systems (4.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descripti on, DG Pg 18, 19, 52; SD000200  
CGS System Description, DG Pg 18, 19, 52; SD000200 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     5313 (DG) 7772 (AC)
 
RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:           A & C are incorrect because this trip is bypassed with a LOCA signal present. D is incorrect because the loading sequence is not correct.
SOURCE: New Question  
COMMENTS:               Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (8)
 
Page 36 of 75
LO: 5313 (DG) 7772 (AC)  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A & C are incorrect because this trip is bypassed with a LOCA signal present. D is incorrect because the loading sequence is not correct. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (8) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 37


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 37 of  75 Which of the following are available to cool t he Control Air Compressors during a Loss of Offsite Power? A. ONLY CJW-P-1A B. ONLY CJW-P-1B C. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1A D. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1B  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 37                                EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following are available to cool the Control Air Compressors during a Loss of Offsite Power?
 
A. ONLY CJW-P-1A B. ONLY CJW-P-1B C. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1A D. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1B ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     300000 K1.04 Knowledge of the connections and/or cause effect relationships between INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM and the following: Cooling water to compressor (2.8)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 300000 K1.04 Knowledge of the connections and/or cause effect relationships between INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM and the following: Cooling water to compressor (2.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Cont rol and Service Air System, Rev. 9; SD000205 SOURCE: New Question  
CGS System Description, Control and Service Air System, Rev. 9; SD000205 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                  LO 7606 Determine the affect on the CAS from the following events: b. Loss of Offsite Power RATING:              Knowledge: Fundamental          Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect, this pump is shed during a LOOP.
B. Incorrect, Fire Water is available due to the connections and the DG fire pump.
C. Incorrect, this CJW pump is shed during a LOOP.
D. Correct , the CJW pump is powered by the diesel on a vital load center, and fire water is available through the DG fire pump.
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4)
Page 37 of 75


LO: LO 7606  Determine the affect on the CAS from the following events: b. Loss of Offsite Power
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 38                               EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following conditions will prevent the manual insertion of any control rod using the Reactor Manual Control System?
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Fundamental    Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect, this pump is shed during a LOOP. B. Incorrect, Fire Water is available due to the connections and the DG fire pump. C. Incorrect, this CJW pump is shed during a LOOP.
D. Correct , the CJW pump is powered by the diesel on a vital load center, and fire water is available through the DG fire pump. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 38
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 38 of  75 Which of the following conditions will prevent the manual insertion of any control rod using the Reactor Manual Control System?
A. RMCS Activity Control disagree.
A. RMCS Activity Control disagree.
B. IRM downscale at 14% power.
B. IRM downscale at 14% power.
C. RPIS malfunction at 24% power.
C. RPIS malfunction at 24% power.
D. RDCS Rod bypassed.  
D. RDCS Rod bypassed.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     201002 K4.04 Knowledge of REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Single notch rod withdrawal and insertion (3.3)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 201002 K4.04 Knowledge of REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks whic h provide for the following: Single notch rod withdrawal and insertion (3.3)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, RMCS, Rev. 11, pg. 15; SD000148  
CGS System Description, RMCS, Rev. 11, pg. 15; SD000148 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                  5799 State the function of the following rod motion indicators: b. Activity control disagree.
 
RATING:              Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Correct - See reference.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - The IRM downscale will only prevent rod withdrawal.
C. Incorrect - RPIS will only cause a rod block through RWM or RSCS below 20% power.
D. Incorrect - This only prevents a single rod from inserting using RMCS.
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)
Page 38 of 75


LO: 5799 State the function of the following rod motion indicators: b. Activity control disagree.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 39                                 EXAM KEY                         NOVEMBER 2006 If power is lost to bus SH-5, which of the following components will lose power?
 
A. RRC-P-1A B. COND-P-5 C. TSW-P-1A D. CRD-P-1B ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       202001 K2.01 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following:
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental  Difficulty:  2
Recirculation Pumps Plant specific (3.2)
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - See reference. B. Incorrect - The IRM downscale will only prevent rod withdrawal.
C. Incorrect -  RPIS will only cause a rod block through RWM or RSCS below 20% power. D. Incorrect -  This only prevents a single rod from inserting using RMCS. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 39
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 39 of  75 If power is lost to bus SH-5, which of the following components will lose power?
A. RRC-P-1A B. COND-P-5 C. TSW-P-1A D. CRD-P-1B  
 
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 202001 K2.01 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Recirculation Pumps Plant specific (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 13; SD000182  
CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 13; SD000182 SOURCE:                 New Question LO:                     5058 Identify the loads on the following buses: e. SH5, SH6 RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Correct - RRC A is powered from SH-5.
 
B. Incorrect - It is powered from SI-63 via SH-6.
SOURCE: New Question  
 
LO: 5058 Identify the loads on the following buses: e. SH5, SH6  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - RRC A is powered from SH-5. B. Incorrect - It is powered from SI-63 via SH-6.
C. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5.
C. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5.
D. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 40
D. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5.
 
COMMENTS:               Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 40 of 75 The reactor is at 75% power when a voltage tr ansient results in the loss of one Reactor Recirculation Pump. The transient has result ed in the reactor now operating in the AIA.
Page 39 of 75


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 40                                EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor is at 75% power when a voltage transient results in the loss of one Reactor Recirculation Pump. The transient has resulted in the reactor now operating in the AIA.
Based on this event, the operator should first:
Based on this event, the operator should first:
A. prevent an ASD over-frequency pump trip by placing the operating loop controller in manual.
A. prevent an ASD over-frequency pump trip by placing the operating loop controller in manual.
B. place the operating loop controller in manual to minimize the potential for vibration induced jet pump damage.
B. place the operating loop controller in manual to minimize the potential for vibration induced jet pump damage.
C. manually adjust the operating loop flow controller to exit the AIA and preclude uncontrolled power oscillations.
C. manually adjust the operating loop flow controller to exit the AIA and preclude uncontrolled power oscillations.
D. manually adjust the master flow controlle r to exit the AIA and avoid exceeding the power to flow scram setpoint.  
D. manually adjust the master flow controller to exit the AIA and avoid exceeding the power to flow scram setpoint.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       202002 A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Recirculation Pump Trip (3.4)
ANSWER: C     QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 202002 A2.01 Ab ility to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those  
 
predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Recirculation Pump Trip (3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000184, RRFC, Rev 14, page 12 of 43  
SD000184, RRFC, Rev 14, page 12 of 43 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   9687 - State the conditions that will cause an individual ASD controller to automatically shift from AUTO to MANUAL.
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:         A. Incorrect - The loop flow controller automatically shifts to manual on the trip of one of the running pumps.
SOURCE: NEW  
B. Incorrect - The same reason as A.
 
C. Correct - Given the reactor is operating in the AIA, the first action should be to exit the AIA using flow control.
LO: 9687 - State the conditions that will cause an individual ASD controller to automatically shift from AUTO to MANUAL.  
D. Incorrect - The master flow controller cannot be used with only one reactor recirc pump running (by interlock).
 
COMMENTS:             10CFR55.41 (5)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None  
Page 40 of 75
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The loop flow c ontroller automatically shifts to manual on the trip of one of the running pumps.  
 
B. Incorrect - The same reason as A.  
 
C. Correct - Given the reactor is operati ng in the AIA, the first action should be to exit the AIA using flow control.  
 
D. Incorrect - The master flow controller cannot be used with only one  
 
reactor recirc pump running (by interlock). COMMENTS: 10CFR55.41 (5) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 41
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 41 of 75 With the reactor stable at 920 psig and 36 inches, if containment temperature were to increase from 90 to 350 degrees, the indicated level on the Upset Level Range would:
A. Increase B. Decrease C. Increase ONLY after the calibration te mperature of 135 degrees is exceeded D. Decrease ONLY after the calibration temperature of 135 degrees is exceeded


ANSWER: A     6QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 216000 K5.07 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to NUCLEAR BOILER INSTRUMENTATION: Elevated temperature effects on level indication (3.6)  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 41                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 With the reactor stable at 920 psig and 36 inches, if containment temperature were to increase from 90 to 350 degrees, the indicated level on the Upset Level Range would:
A. Increase B. Decrease C. Increase ONLY after the calibration temperature of 135 degrees is exceeded D. Decrease ONLY after the calibration temperature of 135 degrees is exceeded ANSWER:     A 6QUESTION             Closed Reference TYPE:
KA # & KA VALUE:     216000 K5.07 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to NUCLEAR BOILER INSTRUMENTATION: Elevated temperature effects on level indication (3.6)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation, Rev. 9; SD000126 SOURCE: New Question  
CGS System Description, Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation, Rev. 9; SD000126 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
RATING:              Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:            With the reactor stable, an increase in containment temperature would cause an increase in the temperature of the reference leg. This would lower the density making the reference leg lighter. Because level is derived by a dp cell measuring the difference in weight, the decrease in the weight of the reference leg would cause indicated level to increase making A the correct answer.
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5)
Page 41 of 75


LO: 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 42                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 99% power when condenser vacuum begins to lower (trending to no vacuum). If this trend continues, the operator is required to:
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Analysis  Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: With the reactor stable, an increase in containment temperature would cause an increase in the temperature of the reference leg. This would lower the density making the reference leg "lighter". Because level is derived by a dp cell measuring the difference in weight, the decrease in
 
the weight of the reference leg woul d cause indicated level to increase making A the correct answer. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 42
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 42 of  75 The plant is at 99% power when condenser vacuum begins to lower (trending to no vacuum). If this trend continues, the operator is required to:
A. TRIP the Main Turbine ONLY before the MSIVs close at 7" Hg.
A. TRIP the Main Turbine ONLY before the MSIVs close at 7" Hg.
B. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 7" Hg.
B. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 7" Hg.
C. ONLY TRIP the Main Turbine bef ore the MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.
C. ONLY TRIP the Main Turbine before the MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.
D. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.  
D. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       239001 A2.08 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Low condenser vacuum (3.6)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 239001 A2.08 Ab ility to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use  
 
procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Low condenser vacuum (3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-VACUUM  
ABN-VACUUM SOURCE:                 New Question LO:
 
RATING:                Knowledge: Fundamental        Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - MSIVs close at 8.3" B. Incorrect - MSIVs close at 8.3" C. Incorrect - If you trip the turbine first, then the Reactor might scram on high pressure.
SOURCE: New Question  
D. Correct- MSIVs close at 8.3, tripping reactor first helps limit SRV usage and automatic trips.
COMMENTS:              Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)
RTP to 99% power.
Check Validation comments to see if they agree that this is memory knowledge.
Page 42 of 75


LO: 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 43                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in the process of a start up following a refueling outage. The following are some of the normal steps in placing the turbine generator on line:
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental    Difficulty: 2
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect
- MSIVs close at 8.3" B. Incorrect - MSIVs close at 8.3" C. Incorrect - If you trip the turbine first, then the Reactor might scram on high pressure. D. Correct- MSIVs close at 8.3, tr ipping reactor first helps limit SRV usage and automatic trips. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)
RTP to 99% power. 
 
Check Validation comments to see if they agree that this is memory
 
knowledge.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 43
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 43 of  75 Columbia is in the process of a start up following a refueling outage. The following are some of the normal steps in placing the turbine generator on line:
: 1. Throttle valve / governor valve transfer
: 1. Throttle valve / governor valve transfer
: 2. Bypass valves control pressure at 920 psig
: 2. Bypass valves control pressure at 920 psig
: 3. Bypass valves close  
: 3. Bypass valves close Which of the following gives the correct sequence for these activities?
 
A. 1, 2, then 3 B. 2, 1, then 3 C. 3, 1, then 2 D. 1, 3, then 2 ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       241000 K1.28 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR/TURBINE PRESSURE REGULATING SYSTEM and the following: Reactor startup (3.2)
Which of the following gives the correct sequence for these activities?
A. 1, 2, then 3 B. 2, 1, then 3 C. 3, 1, then 2 D. 1, 3, then 2  
 
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 241000 K1.28 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR/TURBINE PRESSURE REGULATING SYSTEM and the following: Reactor startup (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Main Turbine, Rev. 9, pg. 39-41; SD000129  
CGS System Description, Main Turbine, Rev. 9, pg. 39-41; SD000129 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:                Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect B. Correct C. Incorrect D. Incorrect COMMENTS:              Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (10)
SOURCE: New Question  
Page 43 of 75


LO: 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 44                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was at 90% power when a malfunction of the A Moisture Separator Reheater 2nd stage temperature controller caused the Temperature Control Valves to go closed.
 
Due to the above, final steady state reactor thermal power will be ________ the original thermal power, and the main turbine governor valves will travel in the _________ direction.
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental  Difficulty: 2
A. the same as, open B. the same as, closed C. lower than, open D. lower than, closed ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     245000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS will have on following:
 
reactor power (3.9)
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect  B. Correct C. Incorrect D. Incorrect  COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (10)
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 44
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 44 of  75 Columbia was at 90% power when a malfuncti on of the A Moisture Separator Reheater 2 nd stage temperature controller caused the Temper ature Control Valves to go closed.  
 
Due to the above, final steady state reactor thermal power will be ________ the original thermal power, and the main turbine governor valv es will travel in the _________ direction.
A. the same as, open B. the same as, closed C. lower than, open D. lower than, closed  
 
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 245000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS will have on following:
reactor power (3.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Columbia Simulator SOURCE: New Question LO: 7747 Determine the affects of MSR Second Stage Reheater operations on the LP Main Turbine RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Rx power will be the same because there has been no change in the net reactivity for the reactor. Pressure goes up due to  
CGS System Description, Columbia Simulator SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   7747 Determine the affects of MSR Second Stage Reheater operations on the LP Main Turbine RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Correct - Rx power will be the same because there has been no change in the net reactivity for the reactor. Pressure goes up due to more steam flow through governor valves, which drives governor valves slightly open.
B. Incorrect - See A.
C. Incorrect - Power stays the same - colder feedwater offsets higher pressure.
D. Incorrect - See C.
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (1) & (4) & (5) & (14)
Page 44 of 75


more steam flow through governor valves, which drives governor
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 45                               EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following responses is expected for the Reactor Feedwater System following a complete loss of Plant Service Water (TSW)?
 
A. The feedpumps will eventually auto trip on high vibration.
valves slightly open. B. Incorrect - See A.
C. Incorrect - Power stays the same
- colder feedwater offsets higher pressure. D. Incorrect - See C. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (1) & (4) & (5) & (14) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 45
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 45 of  75 Which of the following responses is expected for the Reactor Feedwater System following a complete loss of Plant Service Water (TSW)?
A. The feedpumps will eventually aut o trip on high vibration.
B. The bearing temperatures will rise on the feedpumps.
B. The bearing temperatures will rise on the feedpumps.
C. The feedpumps will eventually auto tr ip on high lube oil temperature.
C. The feedpumps will eventually auto trip on high lube oil temperature.
D. The feedpump auxiliary oil pump will auto start.  
D. The feedpump auxiliary oil pump will auto start.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     259001 K6.06 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM: Plant service water (2.7)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 259001 K6.06 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM: Plant service water (2.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Descripti on, Feedwater, Rev. 9; SD000151  
CGS System Description, Feedwater, Rev. 9; SD000151 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5768 Describe how the following systems interrelate with the Feedwater system. B. TSW RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - This valve has no automatic actuations.
 
B. Correct - The oil is no longer being cooled, so the bearing temperature will rise.
SOURCE: New Question  
C. Incorrect - The valves controller would be sending an open signal.
 
This valve does not close on a loss of TSW.
LO: 5768 Describe how the following systems interrelate with the Feedwater system. B. TSW  
D. Incorrect - This pump has a start signal on a loss of pressure, not high temperature.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (4)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
Page 45 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - This valve has no automatic actuations. B. Correct - The oil is no longer being cooled, so the bearing temperature will rise. C. Incorrect - The valve's controller would be sending an open signal.
This valve does not close on a loss of TSW. D. Incorrect - This pump has a start signal on a loss of pressure, not high temperature. COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (4) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 46
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 46 of 75 Columbia is in the process of a plant startup after a refueling outage. The Offgas and Air Removal systems are in the process of being placed in service.


Which of the following statements correctly descri bes the operation of the Steam Jet Air Ejector 1 st Stage Pressure Control Valve, MS-PCV-16A, when it s control switch is placed in the 'AUTO' position?  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 46                                  EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in the process of a plant startup after a refueling outage. The Offgas and Air Removal systems are in the process of being placed in service.
 
Which of the following statements correctly describes the operation of the Steam Jet Air Ejector 1st Stage Pressure Control Valve, MS-PCV-16A, when its control switch is placed in the AUTO position?
MS-PCV-16A opens when-.
MS-PCV-16A opens when.
A. downstream pressure is LT 50 psig.
A. downstream pressure is LT 50 psig.
B. 1 st stage steam flow is LT 9200 lbm/hr.
B. 1st stage steam flow is LT 9200 lbm/hr.
C. MS-V-12A, 2 nd stage startup steam supply closes.
C. MS-V-12A, 2nd stage startup steam supply closes.
D. upstream steam supply pressure is GT 120 psig.
D. upstream steam supply pressure is GT 120 psig.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     271000 A1.15 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the OFFGAS SYSTEM controls including: Steam supply pressures (2.7)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 271000 A1.15 Ab ility to predict and/or moni tor changes in parameters associated with operating the OFFGAS SYSTEM controls including: Steam supply pressures (2.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Ai r Removal System, Rev. 10; SD000181  
CGS System Description, Air Removal System, Rev. 10; SD000181 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   5621 Describe the physical connection and/or the cause-and-effect relationship between the Offgas Processing system and the following: c.
 
Control and Service Air system AND d. Main Steam System RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - In STDBY it opens if LT 50 psig and upstream press GT 120#.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Incorrect - Steam flow closes AR-V-2A/B/C C. Incorrect - 2nd stage operates independently from 1st stage valves.
 
D. Correct - In AUTO valve opens when upstream pressure GT 120#.
LO: 5621 Describe the physical connec tion and/or the cause-and-effect relationship between the Offgas Proce ssing system and the following: c.
COMMENTS:             Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13)
Control and Service Air system   AND d. Main Steam System  
Page 46 of 75
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - In STDBY it opens if LT 50 psig and upstream press GT 120#. B. Incorrect - Steam flow closes AR-V-2A/B/C C. Incorrect - 2 nd stage operates independently from 1 st stage valves. D. Correct - In AUTO valve opens when upstream pressure GT 120#. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 47
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 47 of 75 Columbia was operating at 99% power with t he Control Room HVAC Normal Supply Plenum (Outside Air Intake WOA-V-51C/52C) OPEN, the
#1 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN, and the #2 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51B/52B ) CLOSED. 
 
An event occurs that causes the Reactor Buildi ng Exhaust Plenum Radiation indication to raise to 16 mr/hr and stabilized.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 47                                EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 99% power with the Control Room HVAC Normal Supply Plenum (Outside Air Intake WOA-V-51C/52C) OPEN, the #1 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN, and the #2 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51B/52B ) CLOSED.
An event occurs that causes the Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum Radiation indication to raise to 16 mr/hr and stabilized.
Which of the following lineups is correct for the above conditions?
Which of the following lineups is correct for the above conditions?
A. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN B. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED C. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN D. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED  
A. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN B. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED C. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN D. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     290003 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between CONTROL ROOM HVAC and the following: Remote air intakes: Plant Specific (2.8)
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 290003 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between CONTROL ROOM HVAC and the following: Remote air intakes: Plant Specific (2.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS System Description, Control Room HVAC, Rev. 10; SD000201  
CGS System Description, Control Room HVAC, Rev. 10; SD000201 SOURCE:               New Question LO:                   7649 Describe the CR HVAC response system response to a FAZ signal RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis         Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:             A. Incorrect - The normal supply plenum closes on a Z signal (13 mr/hr on RB exhaust).
 
B. Incorrect - The normal supply plenum closes on a Z signal.
SOURCE: New Question LO: 7649 Describe the CR HVAC response system response to a FAZ signal RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The normal suppl y plenum closes on a Z signal (13 mr/hr on RB exhaust). B. Incorrect - The normal supply plenum closes on a Z signal.
C. Correct - The remote air intake (manual valves) must be open for the Control Room to pressurize.
C. Correct - The remote air intake (manual valves) must be open for the Control Room to pressurize. D. Incorrect - With all intakes closed, the CR will not pressurize. COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 48
D. Incorrect - With all intakes closed, the CR will not pressurize.
 
COMMENTS:             Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7)
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 48 of 75 With the mode switch in shutdown and reactor pressu re at 135 psig, the reactor would be in Mode:
Page 47 of 75
A. 2  B. 3  C. 4  D. 5 ANSWER: B      QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference


KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.22 Ability to determine the Mode of Operation (2.8)  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 48                              EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 With the mode switch in shutdown and reactor pressure at 135 psig, the reactor would be in Mode:
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5 ANSWER:    B QUESTION TYPE:      Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     2.1.22 Ability to determine the Mode of Operation (2.8)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Technical Specifications Table 1.1-1  
CGS Technical Specifications Table 1.1-1 SOURCE:             New Question LO:
 
RATING:             Knowledge: Fundamental       Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:         Steam Table JUSTIFICATION:          A. Incorrect because mode switch is not in startup.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Correct because mode switch in shutdown, and pressure indicates temperature above 200F.
 
C. Incorrect because pressure indicates temperature above 200F.
LO:
D. Incorrect because pressure indicates that vessel head is off.
 
COMMENTS:            Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (10)
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
Page 48 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: Steam Table  


JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect because mode switch is not in startup. B. Correct because mode switch in shutdown, and pressure indicates temperature above 200F. C. Incorrect because pressure indicates temperature above 200F.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 49                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a lower seal cavity (Seal No. 1) pressure of ____ psig and an upper seal cavity (Seal No. 2) pressure of ____ psig would be indicative of a degraded upper seal on a Reactor Recirculation Pump?
D. Incorrect because pressure indicates that vessel head is off. COMMENTS: Ref :  10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 49
A. 310; 910 B. 510; 710 C. 710; 510 D. 910; 310 ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:     2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretations (3.7)
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 49 of  75 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a lower s eal cavity (Seal No. 1) pressure of ____ psig and an upper seal cavity (Seal No. 2) pressure of ____ psig would be indicative of a degraded upper seal on a Reactor Recirculation Pump?
A. 310; 910 B. 510; 710 C. 710; 510 D. 910; 310  
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretations (3.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Procedure ABN-RRC-SEAL, Rev 4, Step 1.2.  
CGS Procedure ABN-RRC-SEAL, Rev 4, Step 1.2.
 
SOURCE:             New Question LO:
SOURCE: New Question  
RATING:             Analysis/Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:         None JUSTIFICATION:           A. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal.
 
B. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal.
LO:
C. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal D. Correct - Upper seal pressure would drop below 510 psig for a failure of upper seal.
 
COMMENTS:           Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3)
RATING: Analysis/Difficulty: 3  
Page 49 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal. B. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal.
C. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal D. Correct - Upper seal pressure would drop below 510 psig for a failure of upper seal. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 50
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 50 of 75 Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading states,  "Total core flow is restricted to LE 10,000 GPM drive flow via RHR and/or RRC."  This applies with fuel bundles removed from the core.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 50                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading states, "Total core flow is restricted to LE 10,000 GPM drive flow via RHR and/or RRC." This applies with fuel bundles removed from the core.
The reason for this precaution is to prevent damaging the:
The reason for this precaution is to prevent damaging the:
A. Control Rods.
A. Control Rods.
B. LPRMs.
B. LPRMs.
C. Jet Pumps.
C. Jet Pumps.
D. Refueling Equipment.  
D. Refueling Equipment.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements (2.5)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements (2.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shu ffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.
CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.
16, pg. 12  
16, pg. 12 SOURCE:               New Question LO:
 
RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - The Control Rods are unaffected due to support from fuel.
SOURCE: New Question  
B. Correct - See reference.
 
C. Incorrect - Jet pumps are adequately supported during refueling.
LO:
D. Incorrect - Cross flow of concern should only occur in between the fuel assemblies.
 
COMMENTS:              Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (2) & (10)
RATING: Knowledge: Analysis   Difficulty: 3  
Page 50 of 75
 
ATTACHMENT: None


JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The Control Rods are unaffected due to support from fuel. B. Correct - See reference.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 51                                 EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following is the criteria for stopping the fuel shuffle process in procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading?
C. Incorrect - Jet pumps are adequat ely supported during refueling. D. Incorrect - Cross flow of concern should only occur in between the fuel assemblies. COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (2) & (10) 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 51
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 51 of  75 Which of the following is the criteria for stopping t he fuel shuffle process in procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading?
A. Doubling in the SRM period.
A. Doubling in the SRM period.
B. Doubling in the average SRM count rate.
B. Doubling in the average SRM count rate.
C. Doubling of any single SRM period.
C. Doubling of any single SRM period.
D. Doubling of any single SRM count rate.  
D. Doubling of any single SRM count rate.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.28 Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures (2.6)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.28 Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures (2.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shu ffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.
CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.
16, Section 2.2  
16, Section 2.2 SOURCE:                New Question LO:
RATING:                Knowledge: Fundamental        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:            A. Incorrect - The reference says count rate.
B. Correct - See reference.
C. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate.
D. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate.
COMMENTS:              Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (10)
Page 51 of 75


SOURCE: New Question
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 52                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 The reason for the automatic reactor scram associated with a main turbine trip is to:
 
LO: 
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Fundamental    Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect -
The reference says count rate. B. Correct - See reference.
C. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate. D. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate. COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (10)
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 52
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 52 of  75 The reason for the automatic reactor scram a ssociated with a main turbine trip is to:
A. limit cycling of the SRVs.
A. limit cycling of the SRVs.
B. mitigate the reactor power increase.
B. mitigate the reactor power increase.
C. prevent a main steam line rupture.
C. prevent a main steam line rupture.
D. minimize the wetwell heatup.  
D. minimize the wetwell heatup.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     295005AK1.01 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Main Turbine Generator Trip: Pressure effects on reactor power. (4.0)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295005AK1.01 4.0/4.1 10CFR 55.41 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Main Turbine  
 
Generator Trip: Pressure effects on reactor power. (4.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000161; TS Bases 3.3.1.1  
SD000161; TS Bases 3.3.1.1 SOURCE:               Modified LO:                   5949 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       As stated in the system description, the basis for the automatic scram is to limit the pressure and corresponding power increase following the closure of the throttle valves. Additionally, the basis for Turbine Trip LCO states the pressure and power effects on the reactor following a trip of the Main Turbine must be limited. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Modified  
Page 52 of 75
 
LO: 5949  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: As stated in the system descripti on, the basis for the automatic scram is to limit the pressure and corresponding power increase following the closure of the throttle valves. Additionally, the ba sis for Turbine Trip LCO states the pressure and power effects on the reactor following a trip of the Main  
 
Turbine must be limited. B is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 53


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 53 of  75 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following conditions exist:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 53                                EXAM KEY                         NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following conditions exist:
HPCS and RCIC auto started  
HPCS and RCIC auto started RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band Drywell pressure is .92 psig Both Reactor Recirculation Pumps have tripped CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT-3B/4B are open Both Reactor Feed Pumps have tripped Which of the following caused the scram?
 
A. Main turbine trip B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor level + 13 inches D. Reactor pressure 1060 psig ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     295005 AK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Recirculation system (3.2)
RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band  
 
Drywell pressure is .92 psig  
 
Both Reactor Recirculation Pumps have tripped  
 
CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT-3B/4B are open  
 
Both Reactor Feed Pumps have tripped  
 
Which of the following caused the scram?
A. Main turbine trip B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor level + 13 inches D. Reactor pressure 1060 psig  
 
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295005 AK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Recirculation system (3.2)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000178 RRC Systems text pages 10, 23 and 24  
SD000178 RRC Systems text pages 10, 23 and 24 SOURCE:               Bank LO:                   5023 RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       Only a Main Turbine trip opens both CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT 3B/4B. A is correct. The other three choices are scram signals but would only open CB-RPT-3A and 3B.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank  
Page 53 of 75
 
LO: 5023  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Only a Main Turbine trip opens both CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT 3B/4B. A is correct. The other three choices are scram signals but would only open  
 
CB-RPT-3A and 3B. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 54


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 54 of  75 The Control Room has been abandoned and all immediate actions have been completed.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 54                            EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 The Control Room has been abandoned and all immediate actions have been completed.
According to ABN-CR-EVAC, the RPV must be Emergency Depressurized from the Remote Shutdown Panel?
According to ABN-CR-EVAC, the RPV must be Emergency Depressurized from the Remote Shutdown Panel?
When indicated RPV level reaches:
When indicated RPV level reaches:
A. -147".
A. -147.
B. -150".
B. -150".
C. -161".
C. -161.
D. -183".  
D. -183.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     295016 AA1.06 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT: Reactor water level (4.0)
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295016 AA1.06 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT: Reactor water level (4.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-CR-EVAC; SD000126  
ABN-CR-EVAC; SD000126 SOURCE:              NEW LO:                  11401 RATING:              Knowledge: Fundamental        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:          None JUSTIFICATION:      ABN-CR-EVAC states ED is required at -147. ED is performed when RPV level drops below lowest usable indicated RPV level which is -147 on the wide range. A is correct. Emergency Depressurization, without control room evacuation would occur at an RPV level of -161 (non-ATWS) and -183 (ATWS) thus C and D are incorrect. -150 is lowest meter indication for a wide range instrument, is not usable, and therefore D is incorrect.
COMMENTS:            LOOK AT VALIDATION COMMENTS TO SEE IF THIS IS MEMORY KNOWLEDGE FROM AN RO Page 54 of 75


SOURCE: NEW
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 55                                 EXAM KEY                         NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in a refueling outage. Fuel shuffle evolutions are on-going on the Reactor Building 606 elevation. Due to an error associated with the placement of spent fuel bundles in the Spent Fuel Pool the 606 Fuel Pool area criticality Monitor, ARM-RIS-2, alarms in the Control Room.
 
What indications of the alarming radiation monitor are available on the Reactor Building 606 Refueling Floor?
LO: 11401
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Fundamental    Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: ABN-CR-EVAC states ED is r equired at -147". ED is performed when RPV level drops below lowest usable indicated RPV level which is -147" on the
 
wide range. A is correct. Emergency Depr essurization, without control room evacuation would occur at an RPV le vel of -161" (non-ATWS) and -183" (ATWS) thus C and D are incorrect. -150" is lowest meter indication for a
 
wide range instrument, is not usabl e, and therefore D is incorrect. COMMENTS: LOOK AT VALIDATION COMME NTS TO SEE IF THIS IS MEMORY KNOWLEDGE FROM AN RO 2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 55
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 55 of  75 Columbia is in a refueling outage. Fuel shuffle evolutions are on-going on the Reactor Building 606' elevation. Due to an error associated with the plac ement of spent fuel bundles in the Spent Fuel Pool the 606' Fuel Pool area criticality Moni tor, ARM-RIS-2, alarms in the Control Room.  
 
What indications of the alarming radiation m onitor are available on the Reactor Building 606' Refueling Floor?
A. A rotating amber light only.
A. A rotating amber light only.
B. A pulsing red light only.
B. A pulsing red light only.
C. A rotating amber light and an klaxon alarm.
C. A rotating amber light and an klaxon alarm.
D. A pulsing red light and an klaxon alarm.  
D. A pulsing red light and an klaxon alarm.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295023 AA1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS: Radiation Monitoring equipment. (3.4 3.7)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295023 AA1.04 Ability to operate and/
or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS: Radiati on Monitoring equipment. (3.4 3.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000141
SD000141 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   5114 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:        Per the systems text all Area Radiation Monitors have a rotating beacon.
 
Additionally, ARM-RIS-2 has a klaxon horn associated with its alarm condition. C is correct.
SOURCE: NEW  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 55 of 75
LO: 5114  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None


JUSTIFICATION: Per the systems text all Area Radiation Monitors have a rotating beacon.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 56                                 EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 A scram occurs with Columbia at 90% power and near the end of the operating cycle. RPV level has been recovered from -65 inches and the scram has been reset.
Additionally, ARM-RIS-2 has a klax on horn associated with its alarm condition. C is correct. COMMENTS:
After resetting the scram, the reactor operator notes all RPS Group white lights are illuminated but the scram discharge volume vents and drains did not open. The reactor operator also notes the scram accumulators are not recharging.
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 56
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 56 of  75 A scram occurs with Columbia at 90% power and near the end of the operating cycle. RPV level has been recovered from -65 inches and the scram has been reset.  
 
After resetting the scram, the reactor operator not es all RPS Group white lights are illuminated but the scram discharge volume vents and drains did not open. The reactor operator also notes the scram accumulators are not recharging.
These indications would be expected if:
These indications would be expected if:
A. APRM power peaked at 120 percent.
A. APRM power peaked at 120 percent.
B. RPV pressure peaked at 1138 psig.
B. RPV pressure peaked at 1138 psig.
C. Drywell pressure peaked at 1.9 psig.
C. Drywell pressure peaked at 1.9 psig.
D. Scram Discharge Volume level peaked at the 530' elevation.  
D. Scram Discharge Volume level peaked at the 530 elevation.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295025 EK2.04 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE and the following: ARI/RPT/ATWS: Plant specific (3.9)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295025 EK2.04 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE and the following: ARI/RPT/ATWS: Plant specific (3.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000142  
SD000142 SOURCE:                 Bank Slightly Modified LO:                     5189 RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:         ATWS/ARI Logic is initiated at a RPV pressure of 1120 and a RPV level of
 
                        -50. B is correct as it is GT 1120 psig. A, B, and C would cause a scram but not the initiation of ATWS ARI.
SOURCE: Bank Slightly Modified  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 56 of 75
LO: 5189  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: ATWS/ARI Logic is initiated at a RPV pressure of 1120 and a RPV level of  
-50". B is correct as it is GT 1120 ps ig. A, B, and C would cause a scram but not the initiation of ATWS ARI. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 57
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 57 of  75 Which of the following would preclude the use of a wide range level instrument to report RPV level while operating in the EOPs?
A. RPV Pressure of 25 psig; Drywell Tem perature of 300°F; no erratic indications observed  B. RPV Pressure of 50 psig; Drywell Te mperature of 285°F; erratic indication observed  C. RPV Pressure of 75 psig; Drywell Te mperature of 330°F; erratic indication observed  D. RPV Pressure of 100 psig; Drywell Te mperature of 325°F; no erratic indication observed ANSWER: C      QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO


KA # & KA VALUE: 295028 EK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following: Reac tor Water level indication (3.6)  
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 57                              EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would preclude the use of a wide range level instrument to report RPV level while operating in the EOPs?
A. RPV Pressure of 25 psig; Drywell Temperature of 300°F; no erratic indications observed B. RPV Pressure of 50 psig; Drywell Temperature of 285°F; erratic indication observed C. RPV Pressure of 75 psig; Drywell Temperature of 330°F; erratic indication observed D. RPV Pressure of 100 psig; Drywell Temperature of 325°F; no erratic indication observed ANSWER:      C QUESTION TYPE:        RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295028 EK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following: Reactor Water level indication (3.6)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 RPV Saturation Temperature Curve  
PPM 5.0.10 RPV Saturation Temperature Curve SOURCE:               New LO:                   8488 RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           SATURATION TEMPERATURE CURVE from PPM 5.0.10 JUSTIFICATION:         Per PPM 5.0.10 and the RPV Saturation Temperature Curve, the answer is C as the parameters are within the unsafe region of figure A and erratic indications are observed COMMENTS:
 
Page 57 of 75
SOURCE: New  
 
LO: 8488  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: SATURATION TEMPER ATURE CURVE from PPM 5.0.10  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 5.0.10 and the RPV Satu ration Temperature Curve, the answer is C as the parameters are within the unsafe region of figure A and erratic indications are observed COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 58
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 58 of 75 The plant was operating at rated power when a tr ip of both Reactor Feed Pumps occurred. RPV level dropped to -75 inches before returning to the normal operating band. A ll systems operated as designed except that coincident with the reactor scr am, the feeder breaker to MC-4A tripped open.
Which of the following actions must be performed under these conditions?


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 58                                EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at rated power when a trip of both Reactor Feed Pumps occurred. RPV level dropped to -75 inches before returning to the normal operating band. All systems operated as designed except that coincident with the reactor scram, the feeder breaker to MC-4A tripped open.
Which of the following actions must be performed under these conditions?
Trip DG-3:
Trip DG-3:
A. by locally closing the engine fuel oil supply valve.
A. by locally closing the engine fuel oil supply valve.
B. by placing the Unit Mode Selector Switch in the "MAINT" position.
B. by placing the Unit Mode Selector Switch in the MAINT position.
C. from the control room within 6 minutes.
C. from the control room within 6 minutes.
D. at the local control panel immediately.  
D. at the local control panel immediately.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295031 Reactor Low Water Level. 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of cooling water procedures. (3.3 / 3.7)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295031 Reactor Low Water Level. 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of cooling water procedures. (3.3 / 3.7)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-SW; SD000204; SD000200  
ABN-SW; SD000204; SD000200 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    6760, 5835, 5837 RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:        A RPV level of -50 inches causes DG-3 to start. The HPCS service water pump, HPCS-P-2, is powered from MC-4A. With the feeder opening to MC-4A, this prevents HPCS-P-2 from starting. This means DG-3 is running without service water. Per ABN-SW, DG-3 is immediately tripped. D is correct. C is incorrect because DG-3 cannot be tripped from the control room. Additionally the time is incorrect for DG-3 but is correct for DG-1 and DG-2 if they were running without service water. A is incorrect because it is not per procedure. B is incorrect as it would not stop local starts of the DG.
COMMENTS:
Page 58 of 75


SOURCE: NEW
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 59                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 97% power when a transient occurred resulting in a gaseous release.
 
LO: 6760, 5835, 5837 
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Analysi s    Difficulty: 3
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: A RPV level of -50 inches caus es DG-3 to start. The HPCS service water pump, HPCS-P-2, is powered from MC
-4A. With the feeder opening to MC-4A, this prevents HPCS-P-2 from starting. This means DG-3 is running
 
without service water. Per ABN-SW, DG-3 is immediately tripped. D is
 
correct. C is incorrect because DG-3 cannot be tripped from the control
 
room. Additionally the time is incorrect for DG-3 but is correct for DG-1 and DG-2 if they were running without service water. A is incorrect because it is not per procedure. B is incorrect as it would not stop local starts of the DG. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 59
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 59 of  75 The plant was operating at 97% power when a transi ent occurred resulting in a gaseous release.
QEDPS indicates a TEDE (Whole Body) dose that requires a General Emergency classification.
QEDPS indicates a TEDE (Whole Body) dose that requires a General Emergency classification.
The CDE (Thyroid/Iodine) dose is only 20% of t he required General Emergency dose threshold.
The CDE (Thyroid/Iodine) dose is only 20% of the required General Emergency dose threshold.
Based on these conditions, the operating crew shoul d conclude that the release is from the:
Based on these conditions, the operating crew should conclude that the release is from the:
A. Reactor Building with SGT in service.
A. Reactor Building with SGT in service.
B. Reactor Building with SGT not in service.
B. Reactor Building with SGT not in service.
C. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC in service.
C. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC in service.
D. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC not in service.  
D. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC not in service.
 
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     295038 High Off-site Release Rate EA2.04 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE:
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
Source of off-site release (4.1 4.5)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 High Off-site Release Rate EA2.04 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they appl y to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE:
Source of off-site release (4.1 4.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000144  
SD000144 SOURCE:             Bank LO:                 5821 RATING:             Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:         None JUSTIFICATION:       A filtered release, i.e. with SGT in operation, results in a relatively low CDE (Thyroid from Iodine) dose. A projected dose at the site boundary high enough for a General Emergency, but with a relatively low Thyroid dose can only be the result of a release through SGT. A is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank  
Page 59 of 75
 
LO: 5821  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A filtered release, i.e. with SGT in operation, results in a relatively low CDE (Thyroid from Iodine) dose. A pr ojected dose at the site boundary high enough for a General Emergency, but with a relatively low Thyroid dose can only be the result of a release through SGT. A is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 60
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 60 of 75 The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given that if SRVs are cycling, manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 60                              EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given that if SRVs are cycling, manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.
Which of the following describes the basis for this direction?
Which of the following describes the basis for this direction?
A. Maintains reactor water inventory in the Containment.
A. Maintains reactor water inventory in the Containment.
B. Maximizes the amount of st eam condensed in the wetwell.
B. Maximizes the amount of steam condensed in the wetwell.
C. Maximizes the amount of energy directed to the main condenser.
C. Maximizes the amount of energy directed to the main condenser.
D. Maintains pressure below the scram se tpoint and allows resetting of the scram.  
D. Maintains pressure below the scram setpoint and allows resetting of the scram.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     295007 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE: Safety/relief valve operation: Plant specific (4.0 4.1)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295007 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE: Safe ty/relief valve operation: Plant specific (4.0 4.1)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
5.0.10  
5.0.10 SOURCE:               Bank (slightly modified stem and modified answer to be consistent with distractors)
 
LO:                   8053 RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis      Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       SRVs are opened to stop SRVs from cycling and pressure is reduced to 945 psig which is the pressure at which steam flow through the BPVs is at 100%.
SOURCE: Bank (slightly modified stem and modified answer to be consistent with distractors)  
C is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
LO: 8053  
Page 60 of 75
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: SRVs are opened to stop SRVs from cycling and pressure is reduced to 945 psig which is the pressure at which steam flow through the BPVs is at 100%.  
 
C is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 61
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 61 of 75 The plant was operating at 89% power when a Re circulation Suction Line break caused a High Drywell Pressure reactor scram. The High Drywell signal has cleared and ONLY the scram has just been reset.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 61                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 89% power when a Recirculation Suction Line break caused a High Drywell Pressure reactor scram. The High Drywell signal has cleared and ONLY the scram has just been reset.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump roo m) is filling from the scram discharge header, and pumps down based on the operati on of the Fill/Pump out Timer.
A. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump room) is filling from the scram discharge header, and pumps down based on the operation of the Fill/Pump out Timer.
B. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump roo m) is filling from the scram discharge header, but does not pump down due to the isol ation of the outlet discharge valve EDR-V-395.
B. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump room) is filling from the scram discharge header, but does not pump down due to the isolation of the outlet discharge valve EDR-V-395.
C. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump r oom) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line and pumps down based on the operati on of the Fill/Pumpout Timer.
C. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump room) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line and pumps down based on the operation of the Fill/Pumpout Timer.
D. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump r oom) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line, but does not pump down due to the is olation of the outlet discharge valve FDR-V-220.  
D. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump room) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line, but does not pump down due to the isolation of the outlet discharge valve FDR-V-220.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295036 EA2.03 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL:
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
Cause of the high water level (3.4 3.8)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295036 EA2.03 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL:  
 
Cause of the high water level (3.4 3.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000142; SD000167; SD000173  
SD000142; SD000167; SD000173 SOURCE:                 Bank LO:                     5475 RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:          C and D are incorrect because the drywell outlet valves for the floor drains isolate on the high drywell pressure and does not reopen based on the scram being reset.
 
A is incorrect because the sump outlet isolates on the high drywell pressure and does not reopen based on the scram being reset. B is correct because the water in the sump comes from the SDV and it does not pump down until the F signal is reset.
SOURCE: Bank LO: 5475   RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None  
COMMENTS:
Page 61 of 75


JUSTIFICATION:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 62                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 The following plant conditions exist following an extended run at rated conditions:
C and D are incorrect because the drywell outlet valves for the floor drains isolate on the high drywell pressure and does not reopen based on the scram being reset.
Reactor level was -137 inches for the last 3 minutes and is now trending up slow SM-7 is out of service due to ongoing maintenance HPCS-P-1 is injecting into the core RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C are not running ADS is NOT inhibited Which of the following describes the response to a manual start of RHR-P-2C?
 
A is incorrect because the sump outlet isolates on the high drywell pressure and
 
does not reopen based on the scram being reset. B is correct because the water in
 
the sump comes from the SDV and it does not pump down until the "F" signal is
 
reset. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 62
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 62 of  75 The following plant conditions exist follo wing an extended run at rated conditions:  
 
Reactor level was -137 inches for the last 3 minutes and is now trending up slow  
 
SM-7 is out of service due to ongoing maintenance  
 
HPCS-P-1 is injecting into the core  
 
RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C are not running  
 
ADS is NOT inhibited  
 
Which of the following describes the re sponse to a manual start of RHR-P-2C?
A. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.
A. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.
B. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig for 105 seconds, all ADS SRVs will open.
B. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig for 105 seconds, all ADS SRVs will open.
C. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C clos es, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.
C. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C closes, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.
D. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C cl oses, all ADS SRVs will open 105 seconds later.
D. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C closes, all ADS SRVs will open 105 seconds later.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 203000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effe ct that a loss or malfunction of the RHR/LPCI INJECTION MODE will have on following: Automatic  
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:           RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         203000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RHR/LPCI INJECTION MODE will have on following: Automatic depressurization logic (4.2 4.3)
 
depressurization logic (4.2 4.3)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000186  
SD000186 SOURCE:                 Bank - Modified stem and distractors LO:                     5070 RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:           ADS will initiate when both of the following conditions are met: 105 seconds after -
 
129 and RHR pressure GE 125 psig. A is correct. B is not correct because it includes the 105 seconds that have already timed out. C and D are incorrect because they are based on breaker closure not system pressure.
SOURCE: Bank - Modified stem and distractors LO: 5070  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 62 of 75
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION:
ADS will initiate when both of the following conditions are met: 105 seconds after -
129" and RHR pressure GE 125 psig. A is correct. B is not correct because it  
 
includes the 105 seconds that have already timed out. C and D are incorrect  
 
because they are based on breaker closure not system pressure. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 63


EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 63 of  75 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) channel "C" is powered from:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 63                            EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) channel "C" is powered from:
A. Critical Instrument Power Inverter IN-1.
A. Critical Instrument Power Inverter IN-1.
B. 125 VDC Distribution Panel DP-S1-1A.
B. 125 VDC Distribution Panel DP-S1-1A.
C. 24 VDC Distribution Panel DP-SO-A.
C. 24 VDC Distribution Panel DP-SO-A.
D. Reactor Protection System Bus "A".  
D. Reactor Protection System Bus "A".
 
ANSWER:   D QUESTION TYPE:     RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:   215005 K2.02 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: APRM channels (2.6 2.8)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 215005 K2.02 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: APRM channels (2.6 2.8)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000149  
SD000149 SOURCE:             NEW LO:                 5096 RATING:             Knowledge: Fundamental       Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:         None JUSTIFICATION:     As stated in SD000149 - APRM C is powered from RPS A thus D is correct.
 
SOURCE: NEW  
 
LO: 5096  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: As stated in SD000149 - APRM 'C' is powered from RPS A thus D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 64
Page 63 of 75
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 64 of 75 RCIC has been manually started for RPV pressure c ontrol and is operating in the CST to CST mode.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 64                              EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 RCIC has been manually started for RPV pressure control and is operating in the CST to CST mode.
If CST level decreases to 1' 6", then:
If CST level decreases to 1' 6", then:
A. a RCIC turbine trip will occur on low RCIC pump suction pressure causing RCIC-V-1 to close.
A. a RCIC turbine trip will occur on low RCIC pump suction pressure causing RCIC-V-1 to close.
B. RCIC will take a suction from the S uppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through the full flow test line.
B. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through the full flow test line.
C. RCIC will take a suction from the S uppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through RCIC-V-19.
C. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through RCIC-V-19.
D. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppr ession Pool and transfer water to the CSTs through RCIC-V-59.  
D. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and transfer water to the CSTs through RCIC-V-59.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     217000 K4.07 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Alternate supplies of water (3.6 3.6)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 K4.07 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feat ure(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Alternate supplies of water (3.6 3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 4.601.A4-3.4  
PPM 4.601.A4-3.4 SOURCE:               Bank - Slightly modified LO:                   5724 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       At a CST level of 110 RCIC-V-31 (SP suction) opens and RCIC-V-10 (CST suction) closes. When RCIC-V-31 is full open RCIC-V-22 and V-59 (full flow test line to CST) close thus C is correct. A is not correct because one suction valve does not close until the other is full open. B is incorrect because RCIC-V-22 and V-59 close. D is incorrect because RCIC-V-19 discharges to the SP.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank - Slightly modified  
Page 64 of 75
 
LO: 5724  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental   Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: At a CST level of 1'10" RCI C-V-31 (SP suction) opens and RCIC-V-10 (CST suction) closes. When RCIC-V-31 is fu ll open RCIC-V-22 and V-59 (full flow test line to CST) close thus C is correct. A is not correct because one suction  
 
valve does not close until the other is full open. B is incorrect because RCIC-V-22 and V-59 close. D is incorrect because RCIC-V-19 discharges to the SP. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 65
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 65 of 75 The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) system has been manually started for a pump operability surveillance in that system valves we re manually operated. RCIC is now operating in the CST to CST mode.
 
An equipment operator has reported the presence of a small steam l eak on the RCIC turbine. The CRS directs the Control Room O perator (CRO) to secure the RCIC turbine. The CRO depresses the "MANUAL ISOLATION" pushbutton (P/B).


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 65                                  EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) system has been manually started for a pump operability surveillance in that system valves were manually operated. RCIC is now operating in the CST to CST mode.
An equipment operator has reported the presence of a small steam leak on the RCIC turbine. The CRS directs the Control Room Operator (CRO) to secure the RCIC turbine. The CRO depresses the "MANUAL ISOLATION" pushbutton (P/B).
In response to this action, the RCIC turbine will:
In response to this action, the RCIC turbine will:
A. trip and both the inboard and outboard RCI C steam supply line isolation valves will close.
A. trip and both the inboard and outboard RCIC steam supply line isolation valves will close.
B. continue to operate normally.
B. continue to operate normally.
C. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-63 (steam supply line inboard isolation valve) will close.
C. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-63 (steam supply line inboard isolation valve) will close.
D. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-8 (steam supply line outboard isolation valve) will close.  
D. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-8 (steam supply line outboard isolation valve) will close.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       217000 A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) including: Valve operation (3.5 3.5)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 A3.01 Ab ility to monitor automatic operat ions of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) in cluding: Valve operation (3.5 3.5)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000180  
SD000180 SOURCE:                 Bank - modified slightly LO:                     5723 RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:          If an initiation signal were present, the isolation P/B would close RCIC-V-8 and trip the turbine. In the stem, it is clear an initiation signal is not present thus B is the correct answer and other answers are incorrect.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank - modified slightly  
Page 65 of 75
 
LO: 5723  


RATING: Knowledge:  Analysi s    Difficulty: 3
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 66                                   EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following describes the effect of a loss of normal 480 VAC power to UPS inverter E-IN-1?
 
A. The Static Switch provides a make before break forward transfer of loads from the normal AC source, MC-7A, to the 250 VDC battery.
ATTACHMENT: None
B. The 250 VDC battery, which supplies the inverter in parallel with the output of the rectifier fed from MC-7A, assumes the load.
 
JUSTIFICATION: If an initiation signal were pres ent, the isolation P/B would close RCIC-V-8 and trip the turbine. In the stem, it is clear an initiation signal is not present thus B is the correct answer and other answers are incorrect. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 66
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 66 of  75 Which of the following describes the effect of a loss of normal 480 VAC power to UPS inverter E-IN-1? A. The Static Switch provides a make bef ore break forward transfer of loads from the normal AC source, MC-7A, to the 250 VDC battery.
B. The 250 VDC battery, which supplies the in verter in parallel with the output of the rectifier fed from MC-7A, assumes the load.
C. A break before make transfer to the Kirk Key Bypass Source, MC-7F, results in a momentary (4 millisecond) loss of power to inverter E-IN-1 loads.
C. A break before make transfer to the Kirk Key Bypass Source, MC-7F, results in a momentary (4 millisecond) loss of power to inverter E-IN-1 loads.
D. The Static Switch provides a bumpless tr ansfer of the critical UPS loads from the inverter output, to the Bypass AC source, fed from MC-7F.  
D. The Static Switch provides a bumpless transfer of the critical UPS loads from the inverter output, to the Bypass AC source, fed from MC-7F.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       262002 K4.01 Knowledge of UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (A. C./D.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
C.) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Transfer from preferred power to alternate power supplies (3.1 3.4)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 262002 K4.01 Knowledge of UNINTE RRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (A. C./D.
C.) design feature(s) and/or interlocks wh ich provide for the following: Transfer from preferred power to alter nate power supplies (3.1 3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-INV  
ABN-INV SOURCE:                 Bank - Slightly modified LO:                     5891 RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:          The battery is the first to assume load on a loss of normal AC as stated in the answer B. A is incorrect because there is no static switch involved. C is incorrect because the Kirk Key swaps power between normal and bypass source MC-7A. D is incorrect because static switch no involved and bypass source is MC-7F.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank - Slightly modified  
Page 66 of 75
 
LO: 5891  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  


JUSTIFICATION: The battery is the first to assu me load on a loss of normal AC as stated in the answer B. A is incorrect because ther e is no static switch involved. C is incorrect because the Kirk Key swaps power between normal and bypass
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 67                               EXAM KEY                             NOVEMBER 2006 Using the attached Electrical Wire Diagram of the Plant Service Water System, which of the following statements is correct?
 
source MC-7A. D is incorrect because static switch no involved and bypass
 
source is MC-7F. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 67
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 67 of  75 Using the attached Electrical Wire Diagram of the Plant Service Water System, which of the following statements is correct?
A. Contact S21 / S21T is closed when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is open and would be opened when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is closed.
A. Contact S21 / S21T is closed when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is open and would be opened when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is closed.
B. When emergency power is restored, TS W-P-1A auto starts after a 10 second time delay if Standby Pump Selector Switch is in TSW-P-1A position.
B. When emergency power is restored, TSW-P-1A auto starts after a 10 second time delay if Standby Pump Selector Switch is in TSW-P-1A position.
C. An undervoltage on SM-85 causes TSW-P-1A to start regardless of lube water flow if start occurs within 60 seconds of undervoltage on SM-85.
C. An undervoltage on SM-85 causes TSW-P-1A to start regardless of lube water flow if start occurs within 60 seconds of undervoltage on SM-85.
D. TSW-P-1A trips when TSW-V-53A is 15%
D. TSW-P-1A trips when TSW-V-53A is 15% open in the closed direction regardless of TSW-P-1A control switch position.
open in the closed direction regardless of TSW-P-1A control switch position.  
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       400000 2.1.24 Ability to obtain and interpret station electrical and mechanical drawings (2.8 3.1)
 
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 400000 2.1.24 Ability to obtain and interpret station electrical and mechanical drawings (2.8 3.1)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
EWD - 57E - 002  
EWD - 57E - 002 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   4047 RATING:               Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           EWD-57E-002 JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because Contact is an a contact and follows breaker position.
 
C is incorrect because lube water flow has to be normal on any pump start regardless of any time considerations. D is incorrect because the contacts above valve at 15% contacts requires the switch to be in any position other than Auto after start. B is correct as the pump selector switch needs to be in the TSW-P-1A position and on the pump start a 10 second time delay is enforced by TSW-RLY-62/TSW1A.
SOURCE: NEW  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 67 of 75
LO: 4047  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: EWD-57E-002  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because Contact is an 'a' contact and follows breaker position.
C is incorrect because lube water flow has to be normal on any pump start  
 
regardless of any time considerations. D is incorrect because the contacts above valve at 15% contacts requires the switch to be in any position other  
 
than Auto after start. B is correct as the pump selector switch needs to be in  
 
the TSW-P-1A position and on the pump start a 10 second time delay is enforced by TSW-RLY-62/TSW1A. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 68
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 68 of 75 A few minutes after resetting a valid reactor scram signal, the CRO notes that the red and green lights for the Scram Discharge Volume Drain Valves, are both illuminated.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 68                                  EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 A few minutes after resetting a valid reactor scram signal, the CRO notes that the red and green lights for the Scram Discharge Volume Drain Valves, are both illuminated.
Based on these indications, the CRO should conclude:
Based on these indications, the CRO should conclude:
A. One drain valve is intermediate and the ot her drain valve is either intermediate or full open.
A. One drain valve is intermediate and the other drain valve is either intermediate or full open.
B. One drain valve is intermediate and the ot her drain valve is either intermediate or full closed.
B. One drain valve is intermediate and the other drain valve is either intermediate or full closed.
C. The outboard drain valve is full clos ed and the inboard drain valve is full open.
C. The outboard drain valve is full closed and the inboard drain valve is full open.
D. The inboard drain valve is full clos ed and the outboard drain valve is full open.
D. The inboard drain valve is full closed and the outboard drain valve is full open.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:           RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         201001 A3.10 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM including: Lights and Alarms (3.0 2.9)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 201001 A3.10 Ab ility to monitor automatic oper ations of the CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM including: Lights and Alarms (3.0 2.9)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000142  
SD000142 SOURCE:                  Bank - modified stem and distractor wording LO:                      5198 RATING:                  Knowledge: Fundamental          Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:              None JUSTIFICATION:            As per SD000142; both SDV drain valve lights illuminated indicate both drain valves are at least in the intermediate position. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
Page 68 of 75


SOURCE: Bank - modified stem and distractor wording
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 69                                 EXAM KEY                           NOVEMBER 2006 The control room switch for Fuel Pool Circulating Pump A (FPC-P-1A) is in the IR-71 position and the control switch for FPC-P-1B is in the IR-69 position.
 
LO: 5198
 
RATING: Knowledge:  Fundamental    Difficulty: 2
 
ATTACHMENT: None
 
JUSTIFICATION: As per SD000142; both SDV drain va lve lights illuminated indicate both drain valves are at least in the intermediate position. A is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 69
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 69 of  75 The control room switch for Fuel Pool Circulati ng Pump A (FPC-P-1A) is in the IR-71 position and the control switch for FPC-P-1B is in the IR-69 position.
With this switch alignment:
With this switch alignment:
A. taking the local control switch for the standby FPC pump to the START position will start the pump without enfor cing the start permissives.
A. taking the local control switch for the standby FPC pump to the START position will start the pump without enforcing the start permissives.
B. and both local control switches in t he NEUTRAL position, the standby pump only auto start if the operating FPC pum p has a low discharge pressure.
B. and both local control switches in the NEUTRAL position, the standby pump only auto start if the operating FPC pump has a low discharge pressure.
C. and the local control switch for both FP C pumps in the START position, neither pump will start if there is an 'F' or 'A' signal.
C. and the local control switch for both FPC pumps in the START position, neither pump will start if there is an F or A signal.
D. and the local control switch for both FP C pumps in the NEUTRAL position, if the operating FPC pump trips, the st andby FPC pump will not auto start.  
D. and the local control switch for both FPC pumps in the NEUTRAL position, if the operating FPC pump trips, the standby FPC pump will not auto start.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       233000 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate components / including local controls (3.9 3.4)
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 233000 2.1.30 Ab ility to locate and operate components / including local controls (3.9 3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000202  
SD000202 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     15308 RATING:                 Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because start permissives are still enforced with operation from the local control panel. B is incorrect because there is no auto feature associated with the standby pumps with C/S in NEUTRAL. C is incorrect because the FPC start logic does not look at an F or A signal. D is correct per systems text.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW  
Page 69 of 75
 
LO: 15308  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because star t permissives are still enforced with operation from the local control panel. B is incorre ct because there is no auto feature associated with the standby pumps with C/S in NEUTRAL. C is incorrect because the FPC start logic does not look at an F or A signal. D is correct  
 
per systems text. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 70
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 70 of 75 Columbia was operating at rated power when a manual scram was initiated but control rods did not insert. PPM 5.1.1 was entered and exited to PPM 5.
1.2 due to the ATWS condition. RPV level is currently -20" and reactor power is approximately 20%. All three Circ Water pumps are in operation and the Main Turbine is on line.
In accordance with the EOPs, PPM 5.5.6, Bypassing MSIV Low RPV Level and High Steam Tunnel Temperature Isolation Interlocks, has been performed and RCIC-V-1 has been manually closed. The EOPs now direct that RPV level be lowered in an effort to reduce reactor power. RPV level is now -60 inches and trending down slowly.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 70                                  EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at rated power when a manual scram was initiated but control rods did not insert. PPM 5.1.1 was entered and exited to PPM 5.1.2 due to the ATWS condition. RPV level is currently -20" and reactor power is approximately 20%. All three Circ Water pumps are in operation and the Main Turbine is on line.
In accordance with the EOPs, PPM 5.5.6, Bypassing MSIV Low RPV Level and High Steam Tunnel Temperature Isolation Interlocks, has been performed and RCIC-V-1 has been manually closed.
The EOPs now direct that RPV level be lowered in an effort to reduce reactor power. RPV level is now -60 inches and trending down slowly.
Which of the following choices indicates the correct lineup for the above conditions?
Which of the following choices indicates the correct lineup for the above conditions?
A. CW-P-1B, CW-P-1C, and the Main Turb ine tripped at -50 inches. CW-P-1A will continued to operate.
A. CW-P-1B, CW-P-1C, and the Main Turbine tripped at -50 inches. CW-P-1A will continued to operate.
B. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C tripped at -50 in ches. CW-P-1A continued to operate.
B. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C tripped at -50 inches. CW-P-1A continued to operate.
The Main Turbine stayed on line.
The Main Turbine stayed on line.
C. All three Circ Water pumps tripped at -
C. All three Circ Water pumps tripped at -50 inches. The Main Turbine will trip on loss of Main Condenser Vacuum.
50 inches. The Main Turbine will trip on loss of Main Condenser Vacuum.
D. All three Circ Water pumps continued to operate. The Main Turbine stayed on line.
D. All three Circ Water pumps continued to operate. The Main Turbine stayed on line. ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.31 Ability to locate control r oom switches, controls and indications and to determine that they are correctly reflec ting the desired plant lineup (4.2 3.9)  
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.1.31 Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications and to determine that they are correctly reflecting the desired plant lineup (4.2 3.9)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000180; SD000193  
SD000180; SD000193 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    11241 RATING:                Knowledge: Analysis          Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:          Closing RCIC-V-1 prevents RCIC start at Level 2 and tripping off the Main Turbine.
PPM 5.5.6 does nothing to the logic for the CW Pumps. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C will trip at Level 2. CW-P-1A does not trip on a Level 2 signal. A is incorrect as it indicates the MT will trip. C is incorrect because it states all 3 CW pumps will trip at
                        -50. D is incorrect because B and C CW pumps do trip at -50. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Page 70 of 75


SOURCE: NEW LO: 11241 RATING: Knowledge:  Analysi s    Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 71                                 EXAM KEY                         NOVEMBER 2006 During the performance of a quarterly RHR Valve Operability surveillance, you are required to measure stroke times for various valves.
Closing RCIC-V-1 prevents RCIC start at Level 2 and tripping off the Main Turbine.
When taking time measurements which of the following is correct?
PPM 5.5.6 does nothing to the logic for the CW Pumps. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C
If stroke time testing a valve closed, the stopwatch is started when:
 
A. both red and green lights are illuminated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.
will trip at Level 2. CW-P-1A does not trip on a Level 2 signal. A is incorrect as it
 
indicates the MT will trip. C is incorrect because it states all 3 CW pumps will trip at
 
-50". D is incorrect because B and C CW pumps do trip at -50". B is correct. COMMENTS: 
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 71
 
EXAM KEY                                         NOVEMBER 2006 Page 71 of  75 During the performance of a quarterly RHR Valve O perability surveillance, you are required to measure stroke times for various valves.
 
When taking time measurements which of the following is correct?  
 
If stroke time testing a valve clos ed, the stopwatch is started when:
A. both red and green lights are illumi nated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.
B. the control switch is rotated to the closed position and is stopped 10 seconds after the red light extinguishes.
B. the control switch is rotated to the closed position and is stopped 10 seconds after the red light extinguishes.
C. the control switch begins to be rotat ed towards the closed position and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.
C. the control switch begins to be rotated towards the closed position and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.
D. both red and green lights are illumi nated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.  
D. both red and green lights are illuminated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:           RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.2.12 Knowledge of surveillance procedures (3.0 3.4)
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.12 Knowledge of su rveillance procedures (3.0 3.4)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
OSP-RHR/IST-Q702 pr ecaution and limitation 4.7  
OSP-RHR/IST-Q702 precaution and limitation 4.7 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     10776 RATING:                 Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:             None JUSTIFICATION:           Per the surveillance procedures, the stopwatch is started when the control switch is turned and stopped when the valve indicates full open or closed. C is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW  
Page 71 of 75
 
LO: 10776  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per the surveillance procedures, the stopwatch is started when the control switch is turned and stopped when the valve indicates full open or closed. C  
 
is correct. COMMENTS:
 
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 72
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 72 of 75 You have been directed to perform a task in an area of the plant where the radiation level is 80 mr/hr. You expect the task to last 30 minutes.
This quarter you have received 987 mrem TEDE. 
 
Based on this information, which of the following is correct?


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 72                                EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 You have been directed to perform a task in an area of the plant where the radiation level is 80 mr/hr. You expect the task to last 30 minutes. This quarter you have received 987 mrem TEDE.
Based on this information, which of the following is correct?
Based on the dose you will receive performing this task:
Based on the dose you will receive performing this task:
A. an Administrative Dose Hold Point will become effective when you receive an additional 13 mrem TEDE.
A. an Administrative Dose Hold Point will become effective when you receive an additional 13 mrem TEDE.
B. an Administrative Dose Extension shall be approval by the Plant General Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.
B. an Administrative Dose Extension shall be approval by the Plant General Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.
C. an Administrative Dose Extension sha ll be approval by the Radiation Protection Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.
C. an Administrative Dose Extension shall be approval by the Radiation Protection Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.
D. there are no Administrative Dose Hold Points associated with the completion of this task.  
D. there are no Administrative Dose Hold Points associated with the completion of this task.
 
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.3.4 Knowledge of the radiation exposure limits and contamination control /
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
including permissible levels in excess of those authorized. (2.5 3.1)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.4 Knowledge of the radiati on exposure limits and cont amination control /
including permissible levels in excess of those authorized. (2.5 3.1)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
GEN-RPP-06 SOURCE: NEW  
GEN-RPP-06 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   11257 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:         As stated in GEN-RPP-06 attachment 8.1, an administrative dose hold point occurs for a TEDE of 2 Rem. The question will have the individual dose exceeding 1 Rem therefore no dose hold point is applicable. D is correct. If 2 rem were exceeded an Administrative Dose Hold Point would occur. RPM approval is required. If 4 rem TEDE were to be exceeded, then the Plant General Managers approval would be required.
 
COMMENTS:
LO: 11257  
Page 72 of 75
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: As stated in GEN-RPP-06 attach ment 8.1, an administrative dose hold point occurs for a TEDE of 2 Rem. The question will have the individual dose  
 
exceeding 1 Rem therefore no dose hold point is applicable. D is correct. If 2  
 
rem were exceeded an Administrative Do se Hold Point would occur. RPM approval is required. If 4 rem TEDE were to be exceeded, then the Plant General Manager's approval would be required. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 73
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 73 of 75 Your electronic dosimeter reads 0 mrem when you entered a posted radiological area. Now, after spending 10 minutes in the area, it reads 20 mrem.


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 73                              EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 Your electronic dosimeter reads 0 mrem when you entered a posted radiological area. Now, after spending 10 minutes in the area, it reads 20 mrem.
Based on this information, this area should be posted as a:
Based on this information, this area should be posted as a:
A. Radiation Area.
A. Radiation Area.
B. High Radiation Area.
B. High Radiation Area.
C. High High Radiation Area.
C. High High Radiation Area.
D. Locked High Radiation Area.  
D. Locked High Radiation Area.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.3.1 Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements. (2.6 3.0)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.1 Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements. (2.6 3.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 11.2.7.1; SWP-RPP-01  
PPM 11.2.7.1; SWP-RPP-01 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   11257 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental       Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       20 mrem times 6 (6 - 10 minute periods in an hour) is 120 mrem which is a High Radiation Area. A high Radiation Area is posted with a sign and the words CONTACT HP PRIOR TO ENTRY. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW  
Page 73 of 75
 
LO: 11257  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: 20 mrem times 6 (6 - 10 minute periods in an hour) is 120 mrem which is a High Radiation Area. A high Radiation Area is posted with a sign and the  
 
words CONTACT HP PRIOR TO ENTRY. B is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 74
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 74 of 75 With Columbia operating at power, heavy sm oke is quickly filling the Control Room. 


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 74                              EXAM KEY                          NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at power, heavy smoke is quickly filling the Control Room.
According to ABN-CR-EVAC, which of the following actions must be completed prior to evacuating the Control Room?
According to ABN-CR-EVAC, which of the following actions must be completed prior to evacuating the Control Room?
A. If Control Rods failed to insert, initiate ARI.
A. If Control Rods failed to insert, initiate ARI.
B. Arm and Depress MSIV Isolation Logic Pushbuttons.
B. Arm and Depress MSIV Isolation Logic Pushbuttons.
C. Have the Safe Shutdown Oper ator perform Attachment 7.1.
C. Have the Safe Shutdown Operator perform Attachment 7.1.
D. Place the Mode Switch in the 'Refuel' position.  
D. Place the Mode Switch in the Refuel position.
 
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.4.11 Knowledge of Abnormal Condition procedures. (3.4 3.6)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.11 Knowledge of Abno rmal Condition procedures. (3.4 3.6)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-CR-EVAC  
ABN-CR-EVAC SOURCE:             NEW LO:                 6889 RATING:             Knowledge: Analysis        Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT:         None JUSTIFICATION:       Per ABN-CR-EVAC none are immediate operator actions except closing the MSIVs. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW  
Page 74 of 75
 
LO: 6889  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Analysi s    Difficulty: 3  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per ABN-CR-EVAC none are immedi ate operator actions except closing the MSIVs. B is correct. COMMENTS:
2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 75
 
EXAM KEY                                          NOVEMBER 2006 Page 75 of 75 Columbia was operating at full power when a series of events occurred. Due to low RPV level, the Shift Manager has declared an Alert at 1525.
 
Which of the following correctly describes when notif ication to the State and local authorities must be made ?


2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 75                              EXAM KEY                            NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power when a series of events occurred. Due to low RPV level, the Shift Manager has declared an Alert at 1525.
Which of the following correctly describes when notification to the State and local authorities must be made ?
Notifications must be made no later than:
Notifications must be made no later than:
A. 1530   B. 1540   C. 1555   D. 1625 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: RO  
A. 1530 B. 1540 C. 1555 D. 1625 ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.4.29 Knowledge of the Emergency Plan (2.6 4.0)
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.29 Knowledge of the Emergency Plan (2.6 4.0)  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 13.4.1  
PPM 13.4.1 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   6176 RATING:               Knowledge: Fundamental         Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT:           None JUSTIFICATION:       Per PPM 13.5.5, personnel accountability is established within 30 minutes whenever a Site evacuation is directed. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW  
Page 75 of 75
 
LO: 6176  
 
RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental     Difficulty: 2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 13.5.5, personnel a ccountability is established within 30 minutes whenever a Site evacuation is directed. B is correct.
COMMENTS:  
 
ES-401 Record of Rejecte d K/As Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected K/A Reason for Rejection RO WRITTEN EXAM 1 / 1 295018; 2.1.15 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1 / 1 295031; 2.4.28 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1 / 2 295009; 2.1.26 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2 / 2 259001; K2.01 CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2 / 2 286000; A4.06 Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001
 
K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1 295012 AA1.03 Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2 295017 AK2.12 Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1 295018 2.1.20 KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on
 
question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1 295030 EK1.03 KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on
 
question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place2/1 295002 K5.09 KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on
 
question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1 215004 A2.02 Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place ES-401, Rev. 9Written Examination Review WorksheetForm ES-401-9 Instructions
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]1.Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
2.Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 ra nge are acceptable).3.Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:*The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).*The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
*The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
*The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
*One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).4.Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:*The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).*The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).*The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).*The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.5.Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).6.Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as writt en (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?7.At a minimum, explain any "U" ratings (e.g., how t he Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).
ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly1F3  2F2XEDistractor B credible?
3H4xEClarify stem wording4F2xUKA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question isok as written.5F2 6H3 7H3 8H4XUKA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question isok as written.9F2 10F2 11H3 12F2 13H3 14F2 15H4 16H3 17F2X 18H3 19F3 20F2X ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly21H4 22F2 23H3XUjustification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24H3 25H3XUcredible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.
26F2 27H3 28H3 29H4 30H2XEbetter distractor phrasing "if level stabilizes" - Reword 31F2XErecommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.32F2XUDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.33F2XEDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.34H3XEDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.35H4 36H3 37F3 38F2 39F2 40F2ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly41H3XEdistractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length42F2XEdistractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording43F2 44H2 45H4XErephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.46F2 47H3XXEcluttered stem; rephrase T/ F -
Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.48F1ULOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.49H3XEgive pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is50H3 51F2 52F2 53H3 54F2?????Rewrote stem55F2XUexam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56H4 57H2 58H3XXUinclude DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem59H3 60H3ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly61H4 62H3 63F2 64F2 65H3XEstem wording - rewrite stem66F3 67H2 68F2 69H4Edistractor wording "and the local" - ok as is70H4 71F2XE2 Q's contained within the stem - revise stem wording72F3XE2 Q's contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revisestem wording73F2 74F3 75F2XXERO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1F3answer + 55.43 +  open ref ? - Ok as isS2H4XXEreword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S3F2XEchange wording "cause" to "require" in the stem - rewrite questionS4H4Xreword stem to avoid true false app lication - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S5H3ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnlyS6H4 S7F2XEreword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8H3XEreword stem to avoid true false app lication - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S9F2XXUreword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.S10H3XXUdistractor B is a subset of distra ctor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -rewrite question.S11H4XUsystem response question RO level - ok as isS12H3 S13H4 S14F2XXXUKA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite questionS15F2XEcredible distractor D - ok as is S16F2Epossible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as isS17F2XUDirect lookup? Ok as isS18F2 S19F2 S20F2XXUKA mismatch;  reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21F2 S22F2XEpoorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?Rewrite question stem.S23F2XEreword stem to avoid tr ue false application - ok as isS24H3 S25H4
 
ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License writt en examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This
 
version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Ab ilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.
 
Prior to development of the written ex amination outline, t he K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated. 
 
To satisfy the systematic sampling requi rement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.
1 was followed. The exception to Att.
1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected hav e been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.
 
Ron Hayden
 
Exam Author ES-401 Record of Rejecte d K/As Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected K/A Reason for Rejection RO WRITTEN EXAM 1 / 1 295018; 2.1.15 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1 / 1 295031; 2.4.28 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1 / 2 295009; 2.1.26 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2 / 2 259001; K2.01 CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2 / 2 286000; A4.06 Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001


K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1 295012 AA1.03 Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2 295017 AK2.12 Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1 295018 2.1.20 KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on  
ES-401                Record of Rejected K/As                Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected                  Reason for Rejection K/A RO WRITTEN EXAM 1/1      295018; 2.1.15    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/1      295031; 2.4.28    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/2      295009; 2.1.26    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2/2      259001; K2.01    CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2/2      286000; A4.06    Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001 K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1     295012 AA1.03     Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2     295017 AK2.12     Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1     295018 2.1.20   KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1    295030 EK1.03    KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place 2/1      295002 K5.09    KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1      215004 A2.02    Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place


question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1 295030 EK1.03 KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                Written Examination Review Worksheet                                        Form ES-401-9 Instructions
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]
: 1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
: 2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).
: 3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
* The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
* The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
* The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
* The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
* One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
: 4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
* The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
* The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
* The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
* The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
: 5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
: 6. Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
: 7. At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).


question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place2/1 295002 K5.09 KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                                2                                                            Form ES-401-9
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                   7.
Q# LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                              Explanation Focus              Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only 1      F    3 2      F    2                        X                                              E  Distractor B credible?
3      H    4    x                                                                E  Clarify stem wording 4      F    2                                                              x        U  KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.
5      F    2 6      H    3 7      H    3 8      H    4                                                              X        U  KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.
9      F    2 10    F    2 11    H    3 12    F    2 13    H    3 14    F    2 15    H    4 16    H    3 17    F    2                X 18    H    3 19    F    3 20    F    2                X


question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1 215004 A2.02 Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place ES-401, Rev. 9Written Examination Review WorksheetForm ES-401-9 Instructions
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                Form ES-401-9
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]1.Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
: 1. 2.       3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                       7.
2.Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 ra nge are acceptable).3.Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:*The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).*The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO U/E/S                                   Explanation Focus              Dist.         Link          units ward K/A Only 21    H    4 22    F    2 23    H    3                        X                                              U  justification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24    H    3 25    H    3                        X                                              U  credible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.
*The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
26    F    2 27    H    3 28    H    3 29    H    4 30    H    2            X                                                          E  better distractor phrasing if level stabilizes - Reword 31    F    2                X                                                    E  recommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
*The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
32    F    2                X                                                    U  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
*One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).4.Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:*The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).*The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).*The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).*The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.5.Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).6.Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as writt en (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?7.At a minimum, explain any "U" ratings (e.g., how t he Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).
33    F    2                X                                                    E  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
34    H    3                X                                                    E  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
35    H    4 36    H    3 37    F    3 38    F    2 39    F    2 40    F    2 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                Form ES-401-9
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly1F3  2F2XEDistractor B credible?
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other  6.                                        7.
3H4xEClarify stem wording4F2xUKA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question isok as written.5F2 6H3 7H3 8H4XUKA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question isok as written.9F2 10F2 11H3 12F2 13H3 14F2 15H4 16H3 17F2X 18H3 19F3 20F2X ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                     Explanation Focus              Dist.         Link          units ward K/A Only 41    H    3                        X                                                E  distractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length 42    F    2                        X                                                E  distractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording 43    F    2 44    H    2 45    H    4                X                                                      E  rephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
46    F    2 47    H    3    X          X                                                      E  cluttered stem; rephrase T/ F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly21H4 22F2 23H3XUjustification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24H3 25H3XUcredible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.
48    F    1                                                                        U  LOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.
26F2 27H3 28H3 29H4 30H2XEbetter distractor phrasing "if level stabilizes" - Reword 31F2XErecommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.32F2XUDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.33F2XEDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.34H3XEDetermined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.35H4 36H3 37F3 38F2 39F2 40F2ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
49    H    3    X                                                                  E  give pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is 50    H    3 51    F    2 52    F    2 53    H    3 54    F    2                                                                      ????? Rewrote stem 55    F    2                                                              X          U  exam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56    H    4 57    H    2 58    H    3    X                                                        X          U  include DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem 59    H    3 60    H    3 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                  Form ES-401-9
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                      7.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly41H3XEdistractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length42F2XEdistractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording43F2 44H2 45H4XErephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.46F2 47H3XXEcluttered stem; rephrase T/ F -
Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                 Explanation Focus              Dist.         Link          units ward K/A Only 61    H    4 62    H    3 63    F    2 64    F    2 65    H    3    X                                                                E  stem wording - rewrite stem 66    F    3 67    H    2 68    F    2 69    H    4                                                                      E  distractor wording and the local - ok as is 70    H    4 71    F    2    X                                                                E  2 Qs contained within the stem - revise stem wording 72    F    3    X                                                                E  2 Qs contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revise stem wording 73    F    2 74    F    3 75    F    2            X                        X                                E  RO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1    F    3                                                                          answer + 55.43 + open ref ? - Ok as is S2    H    4                X      X                                              E  reword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.48F1ULOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.49H3XEgive pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is50H3 51F2 52F2 53H3 54F2?????Rewrote stem55F2XUexam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56H4 57H2 58H3XXUinclude DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem59H3 60H3ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
S3    F    2    X                                                                E  change wording cause to require in the stem - rewrite question S4    H    4                X                                                        reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
S5    H    3 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                              Form ES-401-9
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnly61H4 62H3 63F2 64F2 65H3XEstem wording - rewrite stem66F3 67H2 68F2 69H4Edistractor wording "and the local" - ok as is70H4 71F2XE2 Q's contained within the stem - revise stem wording72F3XE2 Q's contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revisestem wording73F2 74F3 75F2XXERO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1F3answer + 55.43 + open ref ? - Ok as isS2H4XXEreword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S3F2XEchange wording "cause" to "require" in the stem - rewrite questionS4H4Xreword stem to avoid true false app lication - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S5H3ES-401, Rev. 92Form ES-401-9 Q#1.LOK (F/H)2.LOD (1-5)3. Psychometric Flaws4. Job Content Flaws5. Other6.
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                        7.
U/E/S 7.Explanation StemFocusCuesT/FCred.
Q# LOK   LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                 Explanation Focus              Dist.         Link          units ward K/A Only S6    H    4 S7    F    2                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8    H    3                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
Dist.PartialJob-LinkMinutia#/units Back-ward Q=K/A SROOnlyS6H4 S7F2XEreword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8H3XEreword stem to avoid true false app lication - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.S9F2XXUreword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.S10H3XXUdistractor B is a subset of distra ctor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -rewrite question.S11H4XUsystem response question RO level - ok as isS12H3 S13H4 S14F2XXXUKA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite questionS15F2XEcredible distractor D - ok as is S16F2Epossible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as isS17F2XUDirect lookup? Ok as isS18F2 S19F2 S20F2XXUKA mismatch; reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21F2 S22F2XEpoorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?Rewrite question stem.S23F2XEreword stem to avoid tr ue false application - ok as isS24H3 S25H4
S9    F    2    X          X                                                    U  reword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.
S10  H    3                        X                                    X        U  distractor B is a subset of distractor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -
rewrite question.
S11  H    4                                                                    X  U  system response question RO level - ok as is S12  H    3 S13  H    4 S14  F    2    X                  X                                    X        U  KA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite question S15  F    2                        X                                              E  credible distractor D - ok as is S16  F    2                                                                      E  possible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as is S17  F    2    X                                                                U  Direct lookup? Ok as is S18  F    2 S19  F    2 S20  F    2                X                                            X        U  KA mismatch; reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21  F    2 S22  F    2    X                                                                E  poorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?
Rewrite question stem.
S23  F    2                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - ok as is S24  H    3 S25  H    4


ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License writt en examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This  
ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License written examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Abilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.
Prior to development of the written examination outline, the K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated.
To satisfy the systematic sampling requirement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.
1 was followed. The exception to Att. 1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected have been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.
Ron Hayden Exam Author


version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Ab ilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.  
ES-401                Record of Rejected K/As                Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected                  Reason for Rejection K/A RO WRITTEN EXAM 1/1      295018; 2.1.15    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/1      295031; 2.4.28    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/2      295009; 2.1.26    KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2/2      259001; K2.01    CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2/2      286000; A4.06    Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001 K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1    295012 AA1.03    Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2    295017 AK2.12    Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1      295018 2.1.20    KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1    295030 EK1.03    KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place 2/1      295002 K5.09    KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1      215004 A2.02    Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place


Prior to development of the written ex amination outline, t he K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated.
ES-401, Rev. 9                                Written Examination Review Worksheet                                        Form ES-401-9 Instructions
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]
: 1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
: 2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).
: 3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
* The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
* The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
* The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
* The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
* One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
: 4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
* The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
* The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
* The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
* The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
: 5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
: 6. Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
: 7. At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).


To satisfy the systematic sampling requi rement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                                2                                                            Form ES-401-9
1 was followed. The exception to Att.
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                    7.
1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected hav e been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.  
Q# LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                              Explanation Focus              Dist.         Link          units ward K/A Only 1      F    3 2      F    2                        X                                              E  Distractor B credible?
3      H    4    x                                                                E  Clarify stem wording 4      F    2                                                              x        U  KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.
5     F    2 6      H    3 7      H    3 8      H    4                                                              X        U  KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.
9      F    2 10    F    2 11    H    3 12    F    2 13    H    3 14    F    2 15    H    4 16    H    3 17    F    2                X 18    H    3 19    F    3 20    F    2                X


Ron Hayden
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                Form ES-401-9
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                        7.
Q#  LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                  Explanation Focus              Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only 21    H    4 22    F    2 23    H    3                        X                                              U  justification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24    H    3 25    H    3                        X                                              U  credible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.
26    F    2 27    H    3 28    H    3 29    H    4 30    H    2            X                                                          E  better distractor phrasing if level stabilizes - Reword 31    F    2                X                                                    E  recommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
32    F    2                X                                                    U  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
33    F    2                X                                                    E  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
34    H    3                X                                                    E  Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
35    H    4 36    H    3 37    F    3 38    F    2 39    F    2 40    F    2 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                Form ES-401-9
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other  6.                                        7.
Q#  LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                    Explanation Focus              Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only 41    H    3                        X                                                E  distractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length 42    F    2                        X                                                E  distractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording 43    F    2 44    H    2 45    H    4                X                                                      E  rephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
46    F    2 47    H    3    X          X                                                      E  cluttered stem; rephrase T/ F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
48    F    1                                                                        U  LOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.
49    H    3    X                                                                  E  give pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is 50    H    3 51    F    2 52    F    2 53    H    3 54    F    2                                                                      ????? Rewrote stem 55    F    2                                                              X          U  exam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56    H    4 57    H    2 58    H    3    X                                                        X          U  include DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem 59    H    3 60    H    3 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                                  Form ES-401-9
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                      7.
Q#  LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                Explanation Focus              Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only 61    H    4 62    H    3 63    F    2 64    F    2 65    H    3    X                                                                E  stem wording - rewrite stem 66    F    3 67    H    2 68    F    2 69    H    4                                                                      E  distractor wording and the local - ok as is 70    H    4 71    F    2    X                                                                E  2 Qs contained within the stem - revise stem wording 72    F    3    X                                                                E  2 Qs contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revise stem wording 73    F    2 74    F    3 75    F    2            X                        X                                E  RO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1    F    3                                                                          answer + 55.43 + open ref ? - Ok as is S2    H    4                X      X                                              E  reword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
S3    F    2    X                                                                E  change wording cause to require in the stem - rewrite question S4    H    4                X                                                        reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
S5    H    3 ES-401, Rev. 9                                                              2                                                              Form ES-401-9
: 1. 2.      3. Psychometric Flaws          4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other 6.                                        7.
Q# LOK  LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F      Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-    Q= SRO U/E/S                                  Explanation Focus              Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only S6    H    4 S7    F    2                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8    H    3                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.
S9    F    2    X          X                                                    U  reword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.
S10  H    3                        X                                    X        U  distractor B is a subset of distractor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -
rewrite question.
S11  H    4                                                                    X  U  system response question RO level - ok as is S12  H    3 S13  H    4 S14  F    2    X                  X                                    X        U  KA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite question S15  F    2                        X                                              E  credible distractor D - ok as is S16  F    2                                                                      E  possible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as is S17  F    2    X                                                                U  Direct lookup? Ok as is S18  F    2 S19  F    2 S20  F    2                X                                            X        U  KA mismatch; reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21  F    2 S22  F    2    X                                                                E  poorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?
Rewrite question stem.
S23  F    2                X                                                    E  reword stem to avoid true false application - ok as is S24  H    3 S25  H    4


Exam Author COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1
ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License written examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Abilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.
Prior to development of the written examination outline, the K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated.
To satisfy the systematic sampling requirement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.
1 was followed. The exception to Att. 1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected have been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.
Ron Hayden Exam Author


EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 1 of 25
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1                                    EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006
` Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:
`
The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%
Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:
The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%
OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.
OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.
Based on the given conditions, which is correct?
Based on the given conditions, which is correct?
Line 2,727: Line 1,576:
A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.
B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.
C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the  
C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the fast shutdown sequence.
 
D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
fast shutdown sequence.
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:
D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.
Power/flow map (3.5 3.8)                                                     10CFR55.43.5
 
ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:
Power/flow map (3.5 3.8)       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5022   RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM  
SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5022 RATING:                 L3 ATTACHMENT:             YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION:           A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were inoperable.
 
Page 1 of 25
region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were  
 
inoperable.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 2 of 25 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2                                  EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.
Which of the following is correct?
Which of the following is correct?
A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.
A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.
B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.
B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.
C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours.
C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours.
D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours.  
D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.8.4B  
TS 3.8.4B SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    7657 RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2 JUSTIFICATION:          The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system.
COMMENTS:
Page 2 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 7657
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?
 
RATING: H2
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2
 
JUSTIFICATION: The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is
 
incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system. COMMENTS: 
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 3 of 25 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?
A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.
A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.
B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-
B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-12 reading.
 
12 reading.
C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.
C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.
D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.  
D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8)                     10CFR55.43.4
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8)                       10CFR55.43.4  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1  
PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8456 RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.
JUSTIFICATION:          B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.
Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram.
COMMENTS:
Page 3 of 25


SOURCE: NEW    LO: 8456
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4                                         EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset and RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:
 
RHR-P-2A               inoperable Reactor water level     +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A               in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.
RATING: H3
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.
 
JUSTIFICATION: B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.
Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 4 of 25 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset a nd RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:
 
RHR-P-2A inoperable Reactor water level +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.
If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?
If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?
A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.
A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.
B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.
B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.
C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.
C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.
D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.  
D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.
 
ANSWER:         C QUESTION TYPE:             SRO KA # & KA VALUE:           295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Reactor pressure (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: React or pressure (3.2 3.3)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5780 b RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: None  
ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       5780 b RATING:                   H3 ATTACHMENT:               None JUSTIFICATION:            A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is the correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature.
COMMENTS:
Page 4 of 25


JUSTIFICATION:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:
A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is th e correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature. COMMENTS:
Drywell pressure                     32 psig and stable RPV Level                           -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level                       29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods                       Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room           Pegged high at 10E4 An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 5 of 25 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:  
 
Drywell pressure   32 psig and stable RPV Level   -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level   29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods   Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room Pegged high at 10E4  
 
An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per-A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control  
 
ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.2.1  
PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8341 8340 RATING:                 H4 ATTACHMENT:             YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S JUSTIFICATION:         Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.
 
This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED.
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8341 8340  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 5 of 25
RATING: H4  
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S
 
JUSTIFICATION: Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.
This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these  


procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:
 
Reactor level                         +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure                     1048 psig and up fast Reactor power                         27% and stable All white scram group lights         NOT illuminated MSIVs                                 Closed Drywell pressure                     1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature         85°F and up Reactor Building pressure             -.11 inches of water Which of the following procedures should be entered first?
there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED. COMMENTS: 
A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 6 of 25 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:  
 
Reactor level   +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure   1048 psig and up fast Reactor power   27% and stable All white scram group lights NOT illuminated MSIVs     Closed Drywell pressure   1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature 85°F and up Reactor Building pressure -.11 inches of water  
 
Which of the following procedures should be entered first?
A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS  
 
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100  
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8017 RATING:                 L3 ATTACHMENT:            None JUSTIFICATION:          C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-PRESSURE have entry conditions..
 
COMMENTS:              THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS Page 6 of 25
SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017 RATING: L3  


ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7                                 EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago.
 
Reactor Power                                         99%
requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to
WEA-RIS-14 Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low               1.8E6 cpm Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
 
Enter A. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ.
which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct
B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.
 
choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-
 
PRESSURE have entry conditions.. COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 7 of 25 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago.  
 
Reactor Power     99%
WEA-RIS-14 Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low 1.8E6 cpm  
 
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?  
 
EnterA. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ. B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.
C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.
C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.
D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.  
D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0)                       10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0)       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34  
PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34 SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8893 RATING:                H4 ATTACHMENT:            YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant.
COMMENTS:
Page 7 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 8893
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8                                 EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:
 
Drywell Temperature   275 °F               Reactor Pressure               25 psig Drywell Pressure     27 psig               RPV Level                     -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure     22 psig               RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1         Injecting Wetwell Level         35 ft                 SM-8                           Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?
RATING: H4
The CRS reviews A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions
 
are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 8 of 25 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:
Drywell Temperature 275 °F   Reactor Pressure   25 psig   Drywell Pressure 27 psig   RPV Level   -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure 22 psig   RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1 Injecting Wetwell Level 35 ft   SM-8     Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?
The CRS reviews --
A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.
B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).
B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).
C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.
C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.
D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.  
D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1)                                           10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature:
Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1)     10CFR55.43.5


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16  
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   4104 RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containment Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.
 
JUSTIFICATION:         A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure.
SOURCE: NEW LO: 4104 RATING: H3  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 8 of 25
ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containm ent Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low  
 
reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 9 of 25 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:
 
Reactor pressure  990 psig  Reactor power  31%
Reactor level  36 inches  MAPRAT    0.68 MCPR  1.01    LHGR    0.27


Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:
Reactor pressure        990 psig                      Reactor power        31%
Reactor level          36 inches                    MAPRAT                0.68 MCPR                    1.01                          LHGR                  0.27 Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?
A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.
A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.
B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.
B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.
C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.
C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.
D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%
D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%
RTP within 4 hours.  
RTP within 4 hours.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6 10CFR55.43.2
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6           10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4  
Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     10304 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION:           A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not both.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 10304  
Page 9 of 25
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not  
 
both. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 10 of 25 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.
 
The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminate d shortly after RHR-P-2A was started. ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr
/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.
 
Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?
 
A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary  Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary  Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A 
 
ANSWER: D      QUESTION TYPE: SRO


KA # & KA VALUE: 295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material.   (3.4 3.7) 10CFR55.43.5  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10                                      EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.
The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminated shortly after RHR-P-2A was started.
ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.
Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?
A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A ANSWER:        D QUESTION TYPE:            SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (3.4 3.7)             10CFR55.43.5


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control
PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control SOURCE:                   BANK QUESITON LO:                       8466 RATING:                   H3 ATTACHMENT:               YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:
 
JUSTIFICATION:           Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).
SOURCE: BANK QUESITON LO: 8466 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:
Page 10 of 25
JUSTIFICATION: Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 11 of 25 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:


Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum 12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level   -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level     22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure   1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31   Position 24 Control Rod 15-47   Position 08  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11                                      EXAM KEY                                    NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:
 
Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum         12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level                           -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level                           22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure                         1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31                       Position 24 Control Rod 15-47                       Position 08 Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.
D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5  
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8017, 5429 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there are no entry conditi ons for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct  
SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     8017, 5429 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is incorrect because there are no entry conditions for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1.
COMMENTS:
Page 11 of 25


because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12                                       EXAM KEY                                       NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12
Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above condition.
 
A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours.
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 12 of 25 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21 st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30 th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.
Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above  
 
condition.
A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31 st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours.
B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.
B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.
C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6 th. D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours from the time of discovery.  
C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6th.
 
D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours from the time of discovery.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5)                         10CFR55.43.3
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5)   10CFR55.43.3  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.3.1.1  
TS 3.3.1.1 SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       10301 RATING:                  H3 ATTACHMENT:              TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3 JUSTIFICATION:            B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours) - surveillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 10301  
Page 12 of 25


RATING: H3
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:
 
Reactor level                 -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights             not illuminated Blue Scram lights             27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B         loss of power indicated Main Generator                 undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe Based on these conditions, the CRS enters A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.
ATTACHMENT: TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3
 
JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours) - surv eillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31 st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 13 of 25 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:
 
Reactor level   -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights   not illuminated Blue Scram lights 27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B loss of power indicated Main Generator undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe  
 
Based on these conditions, the CRS enters-A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.
B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.
B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.
C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.
C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.
D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.  
D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.
 
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2)           10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.  
PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.
 
SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     11145 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:            YES - Q10 through Q14 of PPM 5.1.2 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of RCIC for boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions.
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 11145
COMMENTS:
 
Page 13 of 25
RATING: H2  


ATTACHMENT: YES - Q10 through Q14  of  PPM 5.1.2
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14                                   EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed.
 
Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.
JUSTIFICATION: A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of  RCIC  for
Enter A. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.
 
boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 14 of 25 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed. Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.  
 
EnterA. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.
B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.
B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.
C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.
C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.
D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.  
D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.
 
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve (4.1 4.2)                       10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve   (4.1 4.2)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg  
PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    8300 RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature.
COMMENTS:
Page 14 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 8300
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.
 
The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.
RATING: L2
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION: C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no
 
procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 15 of 25 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.  
 
The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and-A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.
B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.
B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.
C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.
C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.
D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.
D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electrical Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electri cal Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1  
TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     9414 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.
 
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 9414  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION:  
 
A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.
C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.
C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.
D is incorrect because, while a "common cause" determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run. COMMENTS:
D is incorrect because, while a common cause determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run.
COMMENTS:
Page 15 of 25


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16                                   EXAM KEY                                 NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.
 
Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 16 of 25 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.  
Enter A. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
 
Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?  
 
EnterA. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.
C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.
C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.
D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.
D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions  
ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions SOURCE:                NEW LO:                    6733 RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer.
COMMENTS:
Page 16 of 25


SOURCE: NEW  LO: 6733
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17                                   EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of service and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.
 
Which of the following is correct?
RATING: H2
RBM-B is inoperable, A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours.
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION:
 
The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 17 of 25 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of serv ice and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.  
 
Which of the following is correct?  
 
RBM-B is inoperable,-
A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours.
B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour.
B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour.
C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.
C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.
D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.  
D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169  
Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5701 RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1 JUSTIFICATION:         RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5701  
Page 17 of 25
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1  
 
JUSTIFICATION: RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is  
 
selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 18 of 25 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18                                    EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).
Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.
Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.
A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours.
A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours.
B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.
B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.
C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.
C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.
D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.  
D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9)                                           10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9)     10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10  
SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     5013 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4 JUSTIFICATION :         If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours.
 
D is correct.
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 5013  
COMMENTS:
 
Page 18 of 25
RATING: H3  
 
ATTACHMENT: SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4  
 
JUSTIFICATION : If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be  
 
required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours.  
 
D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 19 of 25 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift compleme nt consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operator's, and 1 Equipment Operator. 


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19                                      EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift complement consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operators, and 1 Equipment Operator.
Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?
Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?
A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours provided action is taken to  
A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours provided action is taken to replace these positions within 2 hours.
 
B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours and Mode 3 within the following 12 hours.
replace these positions within 2 hours.
C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours provided immediate action is taken to replace these positions.
B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours and Mode 3 within the  
D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:             SRO KA # & KA VALUE:           2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4)           10CFR50.43.2
following 12 hours.
C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours provided immediate action is  
 
taken to replace these positions.
D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4)   10CFR50.43.2  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Tech Spec 5.2.2b  
Tech Spec 5.2.2b SOURCE:                   NEW LO:                       6071, 6933 RATING:                   H2 ATTACHMENT:               NONE JUSTIFICATION :           Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct.
 
COMMENTS:                 Added ROs to A & C as 3 are required Page 19 of 25
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 6071, 6933  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION : Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct. COMMENTS: Added RO's to A & C as 3 are required COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 20 of 25 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.
 
Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20                                    EXAM KEY                                  NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.
Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.  
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8) 10CFR55.43.7
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8)   10CFR55.43.7  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3  
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE:                 Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.
 
LO:                    7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.
SOURCE: Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.  
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.
COMMENTS:
Page 20 of 25


LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21                                 EXAM KEY                               NOVEMBER 2006 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.
 
Who signs and dates the Installation Complete block on the TMR?
RATING: L3
A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4) 10CFR55.43.3
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE
 
JUSTIFICATION: A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5
 
specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core
 
alteration. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 21 of 25 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.  
 
Who signs and dates the "Installation Complete" block on the TMR?
A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager  
 
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4)           10CFR55.43.3  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4  
PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4 SOURCE:               NEW LO:                   8628 SRO only RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modifications states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the Installation Complete block. D is the correct answer.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 8628 SRO only  
Page 21 of 25
 
RATING: L3  
 
ATTACHMENT: NONE  
 
JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modificati ons states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the "Installation Complete" block. D is the correct answer. COMMENTS:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 22 of 25 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE. 


Which of the following describes who performs the fi nal review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22                                    EXAM KEY                              NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE.
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager  
Which of the following describes who performs the final review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.
 
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9)           10CFR55.43.4
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9)   10CFR55.43.4  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3  
GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3 SOURCE:                   BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam LO:                       11258 RATING:                   H2 ATTACHMENT:               None JUSTIFICATION:           Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam  
Page 22 of 25
 
LO: 11258  
 
RATING: H2  
 
ATTACHMENT: None  
 
JUSTIFICATION: Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct. COMMENTS:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23
 
EXAM KEY                                              NOVEMBER 2006 Page 23 of 25 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other
 
than naturally occurring isotopes.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23                                  EXAM KEY                                NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other than naturally occurring isotopes.
Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?
Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager  
A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.
 
(2.1 3.1)                                                       10CFR50.43.4
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits. (2.1 3.1)         10CFR50.43.4  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4  
PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4 SOURCE:                 Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified LO:                     11260 RATING:                 L4 ATTACHMENT:              NONE JUSTIFICATION:          Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified  
Page 23 of 25
 
LO: 11260  
 
RATING: L4  


ATTACHMENT: NONE
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24                                   EXAM KEY                                   NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed and stopping HPCS-P-1.
 
Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?
JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release. COMMENTS: 
This would be a/an A. 4 hour report for ECCS injection into the RPV.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24
 
EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 24 of 25 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed  
 
and stopping HPCS-P-1.  
 
Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?
 
This would be a/an-A. 4 hour report for ECCS injection into the RPV.
B. 4 hour report for Tech Spec required shutdown.
B. 4 hour report for Tech Spec required shutdown.
C. 8 hour report for valid actuation of a system.
C. 8 hour report for valid actuation of a system.
D. 8 hour report for single train inoperable.  
D. 8 hour report for single train inoperable.
 
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies. (2.2 3.6)                               10CFR55.43.5
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO  
 
KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies.   (2.2 3.6)   10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6  
PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     6011 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6 JUSTIFICATION:           A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function.
 
COMMENTS:
SOURCE: NEW   LO: 6011  
Page 24 of 25
 
RATING: H3  
 
ATTACHMENT: PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6  
 
JUSTIFICATION: A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function. COMMENTS:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25


EXAM KEY                                             NOVEMBER 2006 Page 25 of 25 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25                                  EXAM KEY                                     NOVEMBER 2006 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:
Reactor level -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure 105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature 199°F and up slow Wetwell level GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure 91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate 9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Reactor level           -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level           off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure       105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature     199°F and up slow Wetwell level           GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure       91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate       9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.
A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.
B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.
B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for  
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.
 
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.
adequate core cooling.
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0)                           10CFR55.43.5
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for  
 
adequate core cooling.  
 
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0)                       10CFR55.43.5  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE: NEW   LO: 11229 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.}}
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE:                 NEW LO:                     11229 RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.
Page 25 of 25}}

Latest revision as of 09:23, 23 November 2019

Generation Station - 11-2006 - Draft Written Examination
ML070740688
Person / Time
Site: Columbia Energy Northwest icon.png
Issue date: 11/27/2006
From: Nease R
Operations Branch IV
To: Parrish J
Energy Northwest
References
50-397/06-301 50-397/06-301
Download: ML070740688 (143)


Text

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006

`

Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:

The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%

OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.

Based on the given conditions, which is correct?

The plant would be in:

A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.

B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.

C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the fast shutdown sequence.

D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:

Power/flow map (3.5 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE: NEW LO: 5022 RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were inoperable.

Page 1 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.

Which of the following is correct?

A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.

B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.

C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

TS 3.8.4B SOURCE: NEW LO: 7657 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2 JUSTIFICATION: The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system.

COMMENTS:

Page 2 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?

A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.

B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-12 reading.

C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.

D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8) 10CFR55.43.4

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8456 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.

JUSTIFICATION: B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.

Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram.

COMMENTS:

Page 3 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset and RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:

RHR-P-2A inoperable Reactor water level +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.

If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?

A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.

B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.

C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.

D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Reactor pressure (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE: NEW LO: 5780 b RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is the correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature.

COMMENTS:

Page 4 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:

Drywell pressure 32 psig and stable RPV Level -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level 29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room Pegged high at 10E4 An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8341 8340 RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S JUSTIFICATION: Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.

This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED.

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:

Reactor level +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure 1048 psig and up fast Reactor power 27% and stable All white scram group lights NOT illuminated MSIVs Closed Drywell pressure 1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature 85°F and up Reactor Building pressure -.11 inches of water Which of the following procedures should be entered first?

A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017 RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-PRESSURE have entry conditions..

COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS Page 6 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago.

Reactor Power 99%

WEA-RIS-14 Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low 1.8E6 cpm Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

Enter A. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ.

B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.

C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.

D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8893 RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant.

COMMENTS:

Page 7 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:

Drywell Temperature 275 °F Reactor Pressure 25 psig Drywell Pressure 27 psig RPV Level -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure 22 psig RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1 Injecting Wetwell Level 35 ft SM-8 Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?

The CRS reviews A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.

B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).

C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.

D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 SOURCE: NEW LO: 4104 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containment Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.

JUSTIFICATION: A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure.

COMMENTS:

Page 8 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:

Reactor pressure 990 psig Reactor power 31%

Reactor level 36 inches MAPRAT 0.68 MCPR 1.01 LHGR 0.27 Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?

A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.

B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.

C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.

D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%

RTP within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 SOURCE: NEW LO: 10304 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not both.

COMMENTS:

Page 9 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.

The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminated shortly after RHR-P-2A was started.

ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.

Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?

A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (3.4 3.7) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control SOURCE: BANK QUESITON LO: 8466 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:

JUSTIFICATION: Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).

Page 10 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:

Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum 12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level 22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure 1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31 Position 24 Control Rod 15-47 Position 08 Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.

B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.

C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.

D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:

Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017, 5429 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there are no entry conditions for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1.

COMMENTS:

Page 11 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.

Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above condition.

A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.

C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6th.

D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from the time of discovery.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.3

REFERENCE:

TS 3.3.1.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 10301 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3 JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br />) - surveillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3.

COMMENTS:

Page 12 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:

Reactor level -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights not illuminated Blue Scram lights 27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B loss of power indicated Main Generator undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe Based on these conditions, the CRS enters A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.

B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.

C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.

D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.

SOURCE: NEW LO: 11145 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - Q10 through Q14 of PPM 5.1.2 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of RCIC for boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions.

COMMENTS:

Page 13 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed.

Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.

Enter A. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.

B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.

C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.

D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve (4.1 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg SOURCE: NEW LO: 8300 RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature.

COMMENTS:

Page 14 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.

The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.

B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.

C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.

D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electrical Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 9414 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.

C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.

D is incorrect because, while a common cause determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run.

COMMENTS:

Page 15 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.

Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?

Enter A. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.

B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.

C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.

D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions SOURCE: NEW LO: 6733 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Page 16 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of service and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.

Which of the following is correct?

RBM-B is inoperable, A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.

D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5701 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1 JUSTIFICATION: RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 17 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).

Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.

A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and MODE 4 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.

D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5013 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4 JUSTIFICATION : If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 18 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift complement consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operators, and 1 Equipment Operator.

Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?

A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> provided action is taken to replace these positions within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 3 within the following 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> provided immediate action is taken to replace these positions.

D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4) 10CFR50.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 5.2.2b SOURCE: NEW LO: 6071, 6933 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION : Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct.

COMMENTS: Added ROs to A & C as 3 are required Page 19 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.

Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?

A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.

B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.

C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.

D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8) 10CFR55.43.7

REFERENCE:

PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.

LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.

COMMENTS:

Page 20 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.

Who signs and dates the Installation Complete block on the TMR?

A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4) 10CFR55.43.3

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8628 SRO only RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modifications states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the Installation Complete block. D is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Page 21 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE.

Which of the following describes who performs the final review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.

A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9) 10CFR55.43.4

REFERENCE:

GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3 SOURCE: BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam LO: 11258 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 22 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other than naturally occurring isotopes.

Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?

A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.

(2.1 3.1) 10CFR50.43.4

REFERENCE:

PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4 SOURCE: Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified LO: 11260 RATING: L4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release.

COMMENTS:

Page 23 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed and stopping HPCS-P-1.

Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?

This would be a/an A. 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report for ECCS injection into the RPV.

B. 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report for Tech Spec required shutdown.

C. 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> report for valid actuation of a system.

D. 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> report for single train inoperable.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies. (2.2 3.6) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6 SOURCE: NEW LO: 6011 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6 JUSTIFICATION: A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function.

COMMENTS:

Page 24 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:

Reactor level -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure 105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature 199°F and up slow Wetwell level GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure 91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate 9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.

B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.

C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.

D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11229 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.

Page 25 of 25

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is at 70% power when a jet pump fails due to a loss of the nozzle (rams head) on Reactor Recirculation Loop A.

Based on this failure, the reactor operator would expect:

A. Reactor recirculation total flow input to APRM channels A, C, and E to decrease.

B. Indicated core flow to decrease.

C. Indicated flow for Recirculation Loop A to increase.

D. The failed jet pumps differential pressure indication to be more noisy.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295001 AA2.06 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation (3.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS Systems Description, Reactor Recirculation System, Rev. 13, pg. 21-22; SD000178 SOURCE: New LO: 5023 a. Predict the impacts of the RRC system of each of the following: Jet Pump Failure RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Loop flow will increase.

B. Incorrect - Indicated flow will increase.

C. Correct - Flow will increase due to less resistance from the nozzle.

D. Incorrect - Jet pump d/p indication will be less noisy on the failed jet pump.

COMMENTS: Ref. 10CFR55.41(5)

Page 1 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 5 and the Benton substation 115 kV feeder is unavailable due to maintenance.

If bus SM-1 trips on undervoltage, what is the expected sequence of events if no operator action is taken?

A. Diesel Generator 1 automatically starts and reenergizes SM-7.

B. Diesel Generator 2 automatically starts and reenergizes SM-7.

C. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and breaker B-7 closes powering SM-7 from TR-B.

D. Feeder breaker 7-1 opens and the bus remains deenergized.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295003 AA1.03 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown (4.4)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 12, pg. 30; SD000182 SOURCE: New LO: 5051d. Explain or identify the system interlock or response: Identify SM7 response to primary and secondary undervoltage.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A Correct - On a primary undervoltage condition, the EDG will automatically start and the output breaker will close when the generator is up to rated speed and voltage.

B Incorrect - DG-2 cannot energize SM-7.

C Incorrect - Transformer TR-B is deenergized as given in the stem.

D Incorrect - The lockout relay does not trip.

COMMENTS: 10CFR55.41(7)

Capitalized MODE Page 2 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following:

  • An Extended Station Blackout is in progress
  • RCIC is currently injecting to the RPV If all DC power will soon be lost, powering which of the following DC buses from DG-4, the Alternate AC Station Battery Charger, will prevent a RCIC trip and allow CONTINUED RCIC injection?

A. S1-1 B. S1-2 C. S2-1 D. S1-7 ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295004 AA2.04 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, DC Distribution, rev. 7, pg. 23 - 30; SD000188 CGS System Description, AC Distribution, rev. 13, pg. 29; SD000182 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Bus S1-1 by itself will allow RCIC to continue to function, without this power, RCIC will trip.

B. Incorrect - There is minimal effect on RCIC from loss of this bus.

C. Incorrect - RCIC continues to run without indication on most valves.

D. Incorrect - This bus does not supply RCIC loads.

COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 3 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The purpose of the Feedwater Level Control System Setpoint Setdown is to:

A. Maintain reactor water level below level 8 following a SCRAM.

B. Lower the reactor water level setpoint when there is only one feedpump running.

C. Ensure the feedpump turbines do not overspeed following a SCRAM.

D. Lower the reactor water level setpoint when in single element control.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295006 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor water level setpoint Setdown: Plant specific (3.1)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Feedwater Level Control System, Rev. 13,Section V. A. ; SD000157 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5397 State the purpose of Setpoint Setdown, when it initiates, how it is reset, and how it affects the FWLC system.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The signal happens upon a scram, and it is to prevent reaching level8.

B. Incorrect - The signal only occurs on a scram.

C. Incorrect - The feedpumps will slow down automatically following a scram due to less feedwater demand.

D. Incorrect - Setpoint set down has no function associated with being in single element control.

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 4 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 ABN-RCC is being performed due to a complete loss of RCC.

The bases for this procedure requiring the operating crew to place all the RCC pump switches in the pull to lock position is to:

A. minimize the potential for damaging the pumps and/or motors.

B. minimize break flow in the event of a piping failure.

C. allow the system to be returned to service in a controlled manner.

D. maintain RCC inventory until the system is restored.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295018 / 2.1.28 Knowledge of the purpose and function of major components and controls.

2.1.20 Ability to execute procedure steps (4.3) [Deleted]

REFERENCE:

ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, bases for step 4.1.4 SOURCE: New LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - see C.

B. Incorrect - see C.

C. Correct- The bases for placing the pumps in PTL is that in the event of a loss of power to busses SL-71 and SL-81 the pump breakers remain closed due to there not being an undervoltage breaker trip. Placing the switches in PTL ensures an orderly return to service.

D. Incorrect - see C.

COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 50.41 (4) & (10)

Page 5 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following will fail in the closed direction following a complete loss of Control Air System pressure?

A. CRD flow control valves (CRD-FCV-2A/2B).

B. Intertie between the Containment Nitrogen Inerting System and the Containment Instrument Air System (CN-V-65).

C. Inboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MS-V-22A/22B/22C/22D).

D. Reactor Closed Cooling Water heat exchanger discharge valves (RCC-V-2A/2B/2C).

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295019 AA2.02 (AK2.03 RFW) Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Status of safety related instrument air system loads (see AK2.1- AK2-19)

(3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Control Rod Hydraulic System, Rev. 12,Section IV. K; SD000142 SOURCE: New Question LO: 7605. Describe the effect of a CAS failure on system loads.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The CRD flow control valve fails closed on a loss of CAS.

They have a stop that prevents them from fully closing.

B. Incorrect - The intertie valve is gagged open, so that it will stay open with a loss of CAS.

C. Incorrect - The feedpump governor valves are electro-hydraulically operated.

D. Incorrect - The RCCW heat exchanger discharge valves are motor operated.

COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 6 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 4. An inadvertent drain-down of the reactor vessel has reduced level to -55 inches.

Which of the following methods of decay heat removal from the RPV is available?

A. RHR A or B - Shutdown Cooling.

B. Injection with HPCS AND opening some SRVs.

C. Reject heat through the RWCU non-regenerative heat exchanger.

D. Run at least one Reactor Recirc Pump.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295021 AK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Adequate core cooling (3.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 20; SD000198 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5781 c. List the interlocks and trips associated with the following RHR system components: RHR-V-6A/B RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - V-8 closes at level 3.

B. Correct - HPCS is available, as well as SRVs in this mode.

C. Incorrect - RWCU isolates at level 2.

D. Incorrect - This provides forced core cooling, but not decay heat removal.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (7) & (8)

Capitalize MODE and remove one.

Page 7 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following conditions :

  • Columbia was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
  • Drywell pressure is 15 psig.
  • Reactor pressure is 400 psig.

For the above conditions, which of the following operator actions will clear the interlocks for RHR-V-24A, Suppression Pool cooling, so that it can be opened?

A. Place switch RHR-RMS-S105, RHR-V-42A Valve Logic Override, in OVERRIDE.

B. Place switch RHR-RMS-S101A, RHR-V-42A Permissive Override, in TEST.

C. ONLY CLOSE RHR-V-42A, LPCI injection.

D. CONTINUALLY hold switch for RHR-V-24A in the OPEN position.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295024 EK2.12 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Suppression pool cooling (3.5)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RHR, Rev. 11, pg. 15-16 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5781 List the interlocks and trips associated with the following RHR system components: f. RHR-V-24A/B and RHR-V-27A/B RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - This will allow throttling of 42a, but is not necessary below 470.

B. Incorrect - This will allow 42A to be tested during normal ops.

C. Correct - This will clear the interlock, allow the valve to be opened and stay open as long as pressure stays below 470.

D. Incorrect - This only overrides the logic if a LPCI initiation has not already occurred.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (9) & (10)

Page 8 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The EOPs require an Emergency Depressurization be performed prior to exceeding the high wetwell temperature limit.

The bases for this requirement is to protect the:

A. Fuel Cladding.

B. Reactor Pressure Vessel.

C. Primary Containment.

D. Reactor Building.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295026 EK3.01 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE:

Emergency/normal depressurization (3.8)

REFERENCE:

5.0.10, EOP Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, page 200 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5629 State the three (3) purposes of the suppression chamber.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - ECCS suction would be adversely affected by an ED, but even if primary containment was lost, CST is still available.

B. Incorrect - ED is to mitigate the possibility of a LOCA, not to prevent one.

C. Correct - The basis is to maintain the pressure suppression capability of the containment.

D. Incorrect - Secondary containment would not be damaged by this problem.

COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (9) & (10)

Calitalized fuel and cladding Page 9 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, has been entered and it has been determined that WW level CANNOT be maintained above 19 ft 2 in. According to the procedure, an Emergency Depressurization is required.

If the Emergency Depressurization is not started until level has lowered to 18 ft 6 in, what are the consequences?

A. Vortexes at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the pumps.

B. Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid.

C. Condensation of steam from the SRV downcomers cannot be assured.

D. The SRV Tail Pipe Level Limit (SRVTPLL) will be exceeded.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: [New KA] 295030 EK1.01 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam Condensation (3.8) [New KA]

[KA Deleted] 295030 EK1.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Heat capacity (3.8) [KA Deleted]

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, Rev. 15 and 5.0.10, Flowchart Training Manual, Rev. 7, pg. 262 SOURCE: 2003 CGS Initial Licensing Exam - Modified RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Vortexing does not begin until 17.5 ft for the RCIC system.

B. Incorrect - Temperature indication is still valid at this level.

C. Correct - The downcomer vents will be exposed, and steam will not be properly condensed.

D. Incorrect - The SRVTPLL will be exceeded by raising level.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 50.41 (5) & (8)

Page 10 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS, has been entered. Boron Injection is required and the SLC system keylock switches have been taken to operate.

Which of the following conditions would prevent boron injection if no other operator action is taken?

A. The SLC Test Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-31 is OPEN.

B. The RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve RWCU-V-4 is OPEN.

C. Storage Tank Outlet Valve SLC-V-1A OR SLC-V-1B is CLOSED.

D. Loss of continuity to squib valves SLC-V-4A & 4B AFTER keylock switches are taken to OPER.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 EA1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: SBLC (4.5)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, SLC, Rev. 11, pg. 9; SD000172 SOURCE: Clinton 1 7/23/2001 - Modified LO: 5925 Describe the expected response to placing the SLC system A or B keylock switch in the operate position.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The pump suction valves cannot open if the test valve is open. The pump suction valves not fully open prevents boron injection if no other operator action is taken.

B. Incorrect - The only input to SLC pump start circuitry is the suction valve position.

C. Incorrect - Flow is still possible through one train.

D. Incorrect - This is the indication expected for the squib valves after firing (opening).

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 50.41 (6) (7)

Page 11 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following describes the Halon systems discharge rate in the Control Room floor modules?

Does the Halon discharge, by itself, make the Control Room uninhabitable?

A. Discharges fully immediately. Control Room is still habitable.

B. Discharges fully immediately. Control Room must be evacuated.

C. Discharges over an extended period of time. Control Room is still habitable.

D. Discharges over an extended period of time. Control Room must be evacuated.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 600000 AK1.02 Knowledge of the operation applications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire On Site: Fire fighting (2.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Fire Protection, Rev. 11, Pg. 11-13; SD000177 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5376 Briefly explain the operation of the following types of fire suppression systems: e. Control Room Halon 1301 Floor Modules RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - the discharge is in three stages over 12 minutes.

B. Incorrect - the discharge is in three stages over 12 minutes.

C. Correct - The discharge is extended, and the Halon is designed so that the CR will still be habitable.

D. Incorrect - The Halon is designed to leave the CR habitable.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4)

Page 12 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with RCIC tagged out. A trip of both Reactor Feedwater Pumps caused RPV level to drop and a Reactor scram to occur on low RPV water level. HPCS recovered RPV level and HPCS-V-4 was closed when RPV water level reached +35. Conditions are currently:

-Reactor Pressure 700 psig (rising at 10 psig per minute)

-Time after scram 5 minutes

-CRD pumps both tripped

-Drywell pressure 0.3 psig If no additional operator actions are taken, what is the expected RPV water level response over the next 10 minutes and why?

RPV water level will A. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to heatup.

B. rise above the high RPV water level trip setpoint due to Startup Valve leakage exceeding decay heat requirements.

C. lower below the low level alarm point due to cooldown.

D. lower below the low RPV level trip setpoint due to steam loads reducing RPV water inventory.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295008 AA2.05 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL: Swell (2.9)

REFERENCE:

SOURCE: Cooper Exam 8/2/2002 LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - The specific volume change from the CST water to saturated liquid at 700 psig results in ~40% increase in gallons/inches of RPV level. 80 of cold water added = 112.

B. Incorrect - Rx pressure is above Condensate Booster pressure.

C. Incorrect - RPV water level will rise.

D. Incorrect - RPV level will rise. BPVs are closed and other steam loads will not lower level under these conditions.

COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (5)

Page 13 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW has been entered due to a low RPV level condition. This procedure contains a caution that states Do not lower drive water pressure to LT 260 psid.

The bases for maintaining drive water pressure greater than 260 psid is to:

A. Maintain seal water to the reactor recirc pump seals.

B. Support control rod insertion per the EOPs.

C. Prevent CRD pump runout at low RPV pressures.

D. Maintain cooling water to the Control Rod Drive Mechanisms.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295009 Low Reactor Water Level 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions (3.4)

REFERENCE:

ABN-CRD-MAXFLOW, Revision 1, Bases section CGS System Description, Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System, Rev. 12 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5186. a. Describe the impact of CRD pressure controller operation on the following CRD System parameters: Drive water differential pressure RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental / Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Drive water DP and suction pressure of the pump are not directly related.

B. Correct - Dp is necessary to drive rods.

C. Incorrect - This does not prevent runout, because the pump could still runout through the scram valves if it was going to.

D. Incorrect - The FCV maintains cooling flow.

COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (6)

Page 14 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 After a 370 day run at full power, a Group 1 isolation resulted in a reactor scram. EOP 5.1.1, RPV Control, and EOP 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control have been entered.

Given the following conditions:

  • RPV Pressure is being maintained 800 to 1000 psig using SRVs.
  • RPV Level is +30 inches and stable.
  • Suppression Pool cooling is unavailable.
  • Wetwell temperature is 106°F and rising.

Which of the following injection lineups will result in the LEAST amount of heat added to the Wetwell assuming this lineup will be maintained for several hours?

A. HPCS flow from the CST.

B. RCIC flow from the CST.

C. HPCS flow from the Wetwell.

D. RCIC flow from the Wetwell.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295013 AA1.02 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Systems that add heat to the suppression pool (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RCIC, Rev. 12, Procedure 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, Rev. 15, and Procedure 5.1.1, RPV Control, Rev. 16 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis, Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The injection flow into the RPV would be the same as RCIC, but none of the steam sent to the WW would go through RCIC, so it would have more overall enthalpy.

B. Correct - Some of the steam would exhaust through RCIC vice the SRVs lowering the overall heat being added to the wetwell.

C. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produce the same amount of steam. It is also not using the steam for work.

D. Incorrect - using the warmer water as a suction requires less decay heat from the reactor to produce the same amount of steam.

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (5), (8), (14)

Page 15 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Due to special test requirements, Columbia Generating Station is in MODE 2 being shut down by control rod insertion instead of a manual scram. Reactor pressure is steady at 900 psig and reactor power is at 12 on IRM range 7.

Due to a plant problem control rod insertion has been stopped.

With no operator action taken, which of the following will result?

A. Reactor Scram due to hi neutron flux.

B. Reactor Scram due to MSIV closure.

C. Rod block due to SRM upscale.

D. Rod block due to IRM downscale.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AK2.06 Knowledge of the interrelations between Inadvertent Reactivity Addition and the following: Moderator temperature (3.4 / 3.5)

REFERENCE:

SER 24-91; SD000161 SOURCE: Bank - Modified; Analysis Difficulty: 3 LO: 5192 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Reactor power will increase due to the effects of the cooldown causing a hi flux scram.

B. Incorrect - RPV Pressure is on DEH in automatic. MSIV close at 831 in RUN.

C. Incorrect - SRM rod block is bypassed.

D. Incorrect - Power increases not decreases.

COMMENTS: POAH is 25 on IRM Range 8 Page 16 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 100% power. Radiation readings for the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum begin rising on REA-RIS-609A, B, C, and D.

If the radiation source continues to give off INCREASING amounts of radioactive gas, the Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder outputs will rise to the Z signal setpoint of _________ and then the Reactor Building Exhaust Air Plenum Radiation Monitoring System recorder output readings will _________ .

A. 13 mr/hr, continue to RISE.

B. 13mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.

C. 15mr/hr, continue to RISE.

D. 15mr/hr, STABILIZE OR DROP.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 295034 EA1.02 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION: Process Radiation monitoring system (3.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, PRM, rev. 11, pg. 19-20; SD000147; SD000173 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5647 State the automatic actions associated with each of the following gaseous and liquid stream Process Radiation Monitors upon sensing high radiation levels: g. Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum RMS RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Z signal isolates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr, therefore, no more radioactive gases would be drawn in, and what gas was already in the plenum would decay.

B. Correct - Z signal isolates flow through plenum at 13mr/hr.

C. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr.

D. Incorrect - The Z signal setpoint is 13mr/hr.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (7) & (11) & (13)

Page 17 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in MODE 4 twelve hours after a SCRAM with Shutdown Cooling in service on RHR A.

Reactor water level is 55 inches and pressure is 75 psig. The CRO mistakenly throttles down on RHR-V-3A, Heat Exchanger Shell Side Outlet, causing RHR flow to DECREASE to 700 gpm.

Over the next 30 minutes, if no other operator actions are taken, RPV :

A. temperature will remain STABLE.

B. level will INCREASE.

C. temperature will DECREASE.

D. level will DECREASE.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 205000 A1.05 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE controls including: Reactor water level (3.4)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RHR, rev. 11, pg. 22; SD000198 SOURCE: Fermi 2, 12/11/1995 - Modified LO: 7728 Describe the physical connection and / or the cause-and-effect relationships between the RHR system and the following: g. RPV RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.

B. Correct - Flow through the RHR HX drops causing less cooling resulting in a temp rise causing RPV level to rise.

C. Incorrect -The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.

D. Incorrect - The reactor will heat up the RPV because of lower SDC flow.

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7), (14)

Page 18 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following combinations of RPV Wide Range Level (MS-LIS-37A/B) and Drywell Pressure Switches (MS-PS-48A/B/C/D) will cause the Low Pressure Core Spray System to automatically initiate?

A. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48A B. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48B C. MS-LIS-37A and MS-PS-48C D. MS-LIS-37B and MS-PS-48D ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 209001 K1.09 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear boiler instrumentation (3.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, LPCS, Rev. 10, pg. 7; SD000192 SOURCE: New Question LO: LO-5481 List the signals and setpoints, which cause a LPCS initiation.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start.

B. Incorrect - this is not a combination that will auto start.

C. Correct - see reference.

D. Incorrect - this will start LPCI B & C COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 19 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A Large Break LOCA has occurred and the RPV is depressurized. HPCS is injecting from the CST, and LPCS is injecting. There are NO other injection lineups available.

To prevent Wetwell level from reaching the SRV Tail Pipe Level Limit of _______, the _______

pump should be stopped.

A. 51 ft, LPCS B. 41 ft, LPCS C. 51 ft, HPCS D. 41 ft, HPCS ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 209002 A2.12 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High suppression pool level (3.3)

REFERENCE:

Procedure 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, rev. 15 SOURCE: New Question LO: 8384 Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose of terminating injection into the primary containment if wetwell level and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - this is not an injection source external to the PC.

B. Incorrect - this is not an injection source external to the PC.

C. Correct - per the EOP, stop injection source external to the PC, the SRVTPLL is 51 ft.

D. Incorrect - this is the incorrect SRVTPLL.

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (8)

Page 20 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 90% power in three-element control when an inadvertent actuation of HPCS occurs.

If all systems respond as expected, with no operator action, what will indicated RPV water level do?

Indicated RPV water level will.

A. rise, then stabilize lower than the original level.

B. rise, then stabilize higher than the original level.

C. lower, then stabilize lower than the original level.

D. lower, then stabilize higher than the original level.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 209002 A1.03 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) controls including: Reactor water level (3.7)

REFERENCE:

CGS FSAR, Section 15.5.1, Inadvertent High-Pressure Core Spray Startup, Amendment 57 CGS System Description, Feedwater Level Control System, Rev. 13 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - Level will initially swell, but the higher steam flow than feed flow will produce a level error due to higher steam flow than feed flow, this will speed up the FP until the level error goes away in the FWLC system.

B. Correct - Level will initially swell. The FWLC system will have an error due to steam flow > feed flow. It will bias stabilized level higher.

C. Incorrect - Level will initially swell due to pressure decrease from HPCS spray in shroud.

D. Incorrect - Level will initially swell.

COMMENTS: 10 CFR 55.41 (5)

Page 21 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 When the SLC System A keylock switch is taken to the OPER position, what is the overall expected RWCU System response?

A. RWCU-V-4 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open B. RWCU-V-1 closes AND RWCU-FCV-33 closes if open C. ONLY RWCU-V-4 closes D. ONLY RWCU-V-1 closes ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 211000 A4.06 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

RWCU system isolation (3.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RWCU, Rev. 10; SD000190 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5931 Given one or more systems that interrelate to SLC, state the importance or function of that relationship RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct, SLC operation causes V-4 to close, V-4 closed causes FCV-33 to close. It is important that FCV-33 close to remain an option for boron injection.

B. Incorrect, V-4 closes.

C. Incorrect, FCV-33 closes on a V-4 closure signal.

D. Incorrect, V-4 closes.

COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6), (9)

Page 22 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Both SLC system keylock switches have been taken to OPERATE. ONE of the squib valves failed to open.

What should the operator expect the APPROXIMATE boron injection flowrate to the RPV to be if all other components operate as expected?

A. 30 gpm B. 40 gpm C. 60 gpm D. 80 gpm ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 211000 A1.04 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Valve operations (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, SLC, Rev. 11; SD000172 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5922 Describe the following SLC system flowpaths: a. Normal Injection RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90.

B. Incorrect - single pump output is 45 gpm, but the pumps are cross-tied.

C. Incorrect - dual pump flow is approximately 90.

D. Correct - the pumps are cross-tied, and they are positive displacement pumps. Pump output will be 90 gpm.

COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)

Page 23 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power with no equipment out of service. I&C technicians are preparing to start a test on RPS trip system A that will produce a half-scram. You notice one of the four RPS Scram Group lights is NOT lit on RPS trip system B.

What are your immediate actions per procedure ABN-RPS, and what would the consequences be if the RPS A half scram is initiated?

A. Replace fuse, half-scram with no rod movement.

B. Immediately stop the work on RPS A, half-scram with no rod movement.

C. Replace fuse, one quarter of the rods scram.

D. Immediately stop the work on RPS A, one quarter of the rods scram.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.19 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Partial system activation (Half-SCRAM)

(3.8)

REFERENCE:

Procedure ABN-RPS, Rev. 2 CGS System Description, RPS, rev. 12; SD000161 SOURCE: New Question LO: 7683 Predict the effect(s) that a failure of the RPS system will have on: a.

Scram and Backup Scram valves RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - One quarter of the B scram solenoids are de-energized.

When the A scram solenoids are de-energized, those rods will scram.

B. Incorrect- One quarter of the rods will move.

C. Incorrect - Procedure ABN-RPS directs you to stop work on the other trip system.

D. Correct - One quarter of the rods would scram, procedure directs you to stop work on the A trip system.

COMMENTS: Reference 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)

Added Columbia as operating qt 99%power and removed then from stem.

Page 24 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 IRM channel E is on Range 3 and is reading 10/40 scale. Reactor period is stable at +60 seconds.

Assuming no operator actions to add reactivity, which of the following readings would be expected after 2.5 minutes?

Approximately A. 25/40 on Range 3 B. 78/125 on Range 4 C. 12/40 on Range 5 D. 95/125 on Range 6 ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 215003 A4.03 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

IRM range switches (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Intermediate Range Monitor, Rev. 8; SD000138 SOURCE: Bank - Slightly Modified LO: 5461 Describe the correlation between Reactor Period and IRM indication.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: 60(sec period) divided by 1.44 = 42 seconds per doubling; 150sec. divided by 42 = 3.57 doublings. 10 to 20 on range 3 is one doubling; 20 to 40 on range 3 is another doubling(2 total); 40 to 80 on range 4 is another doubling (3 total); .57 doublings more - is about 120 range 4 or 12 range 5 COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (1)

Page 25 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 26 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following circumstances for the Source Range Monitors will generate a rod block?

A. 5 x 104 counts per second and all IRMs on range 3.

B. 0.9 counts per second.

C. SRM channel A mode switch in standby.

D. One detector retracted with 165 counts per second.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 215004 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM and the following: Rod control and information system: Plant specific (3.0)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Source Range Monitor, Rev. 10; SD000132 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5943 List the scrams and the rod blocks generated by the SRM system.

Include the setpoints for each and when they are bypassed.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - 105 counts per second is the rod block.

B. Incorrect - The setpoint is 0.7 cps.

C. Correct - One channel being out of operate provides a rod block.

D. Incorrect - This rod block is set at 100cps.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 26 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 27 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at full power, annunciator CIA DIV 1 OUT OF SERVICE annunciates.

You then receive a call reporting that CIA-RV-5A, which is located downstream of Nitrogen backup bank bottle pressure control valve, CIA-PCV-2A, and between CIA-V-30A and CIA-V-39A, is stuck open. There is a large amount of nitrogen escaping depressurizing the line.

What supply(ies) is(are) still available to operate ADS valves in addition to the accumulators?

A. ONLY the Main Header for ALL SRVs.

B. ONLY ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.

C. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for ALL SRVs.

D. The Main Header for ALL SRVs, and ADS Accumulator Header B for Division II ADS SRVs.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 218000 K6.04 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: Air supply to ADS valves: Plant specific (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Containment Instrument Air, Rev. 8; SD000156 SOURCE: New Question LO: 7748 Determine the effect a CIA malfunction has on: b. SRVs RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - ADS Accumulator Header B is still available.

B. Incorrect - the Main header is still available.

C. Incorrect - the ADS Accumulator Header B cannot backfeed into A.

D. Correct - A header isolates, main header and B header are still available.

COMMENTS: Reference : 10 CFR 55.41 (7), (8), & (10)

Page 27 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 28 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Given the following conditions :

  • Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48D in TRIP.
  • Drywell Pressure Instrument MS-PS-48B failed HIGH.
  • Procedure ABN-FAZ has been entered.

Which of the following describes the automatic actuations of the NSSSS system AND describes the operator action necessary to mitigate that impact?

A. ALL RCC to the Drywell is ISOLATED, VENT the Drywell.

B. ALL Circulating Water Pumps TRIP, Place RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling.

C. ALL TSW Pumps TRIP, Ensure a TSW pump STARTS after DG starts.

D. RWCU to the Drywell is ISOLATED, OPEN RWCU-FCV-33, Blowdown Control Valve, to prevent RWCU relief valves from lifting.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 223002 A2.06 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PCIS/NSSSS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Containment instrumentation failures (3.0)

REFERENCE:

ABN-RCC, Rev. 3, pg. 3 CGS System Description, NS4, Rev. 10, pg. 5; SD000173 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - RCC isolated can cause drywell pressure to exceed F signal, venting may be necessary.

B. Incorrect - Circ water pump A does not trip.

C. Incorrect - NO pumps will trip without a LOOP signal.

D. Incorrect - RWCU does NOT isolate on drywell pressure or plant trip or ECCS initiation.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (7) & (10)

Page 28 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 29 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The Control Room has been evacuated due to a noxious chemical. The following conditions exist:

RPV Level is BELOW Level 1.

RHR-P-2A AND RHR-P-2B are running.

DP-S1-2A is de-energized.

All Normal/Emergency switches at the Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) and the Alternate Remote.

Shutdown Panel (ASP) have been taken to Emergency.

Based on the given conditions, which of the following describes operation of the SRVs?

A. ADS CAN automatically initiate AND ADS SRVs can be manually operated from the RSP.

B. ADS CAN automatically initiate BUT ADS SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP.

C. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate BUT ADS SRVs can be manually opened from the RSP.

D. ADS CAN NOT automatically initiate AND ADS SRVs CAN NOT be manually opened from the RSP.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 239002 K4.05 Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Allows for SRV operation from more than one location: Plant specific (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, ADS, Rev. 10, pg. 8; SD000186 and RSP, Rev. 6, pg. 8 ; SD000210 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5077 List the power supplies to the ADS solenoids 5886 State the effects to associated component controls and alarms when their Power Transfer Switches are placed to the EMERGENCY position.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be blocked by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves will open, but some will.

B. Incorrect - ADS B logic has lost power. ADS A has logic, but will be blocked by the ARS emergency switches. Therefore - not ALL ADS valves will open, but some will.

C. Correct - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer.

D. Incorrect - ADS valves will still operate from the RSP because they are powered from DP-S1-2D after the transfer.

COMMENTS:

Page 29 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 30 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 95% power with the Feedwater Level Control System in three-element control. RPV level is 36".

If the controlling Narrow Range Level instrument fails high, what will be the immediate trend of the ACTUAL RPV level, AND, what is the MAXIMUM/MINIMUM level BEFORE level stabilizes?

A. Up, BELOW Level 7 B. Up, ABOVE Level 7 C. Down, BELOW Level 4 D. Down, ABOVE Level 4 ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: [New KA] 259002 K5.03 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM: Water level measurement (3.1) [New KA]

[KA Deleted] 259002 K5.09 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM: Adequate core cooling: FWCI (3.8) [KA Deleted]

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, FWLC, Rev. 13, pg. 6,16; SD000157 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5400 Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element Control, to a failure or malfunction of the following: Loss of the selected RPV Level Channel 9711 Describes the FWLC system malfunctions, which will initiate a RFW CONTR SYSTEM TROUBLE alarm.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - If controlling level fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down.

B. Incorrect - If controlling level fails high, RFPT will slow down, causing level to go down.

C. Incorrect - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering.

D. Correct - Level should deviate a max of 3 inches before recovering.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3) & (7)

Page 30 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 31 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 An accident occurred allowing radioactive gas to be released into the Reactor Building.

If a SGT pressure controller fails, and Reactor Building pressure increases above zero, this would cause the offsite release rate of halogens to ___________. The operator can REDUCE the offsite release of halogens by manually___________ Standby Gas Treatment flow to the elevated release.

A. Increase, Increasing B. Increase, Decreasing C. Decrease, Increasing D. Decrease, Decreasing ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 261000 K3.02 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Off-site release rate (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, SGT, Rev. 12 SD0900144 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5822 State the Reactor Building pressure the SGT system is designed to maintain, as well as the pressure its DPIC is set to maintain and why it is at that setting.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct, unfiltered release increases. More flow means less pressure.

B. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure.

C. Incorrect - positive pressure creates outflow, which will increase release rate.

D. Incorrect - less flow will relatively increase pressure.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13)

Page 31 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 32 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with Division 1 Standby Gas Treatment train tagged out for charcoal replacement when a Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident occurred.

Flow to the elevated release point from the Standby Gas Treatment system will be ________ with only one train operating instead of two, and the offsite release will be _____________ 10 CFR Part 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits during the accident.

A. the same, above B. the same, below C. lower, above D. lower, below ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 261000 K6.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: A. C.

Electrical distribution (2.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, SGT, Rev. 12, pg. 3; SD000144 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5821 State the purpose of the Standby Gas Treatment system.

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The design bases of the SGT is to maintain releases within part 100 during DBAs.

B. Correct - Flow is controlled to pressure, and the design of SGT is to maintain within part 100 limits.

C. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train.

D. Incorrect - The flow will be the same because the controller controls to a certain pressure which can be maintained with a single train.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 Added 100%power to stem Page 32 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 33 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 On 4160 volt AC breakers NOT in the HPCS system which of the following is correct?

The charging motor charges the __________ spring.

If DC control power is lost, __________ breaker trip(s) is / are still active.

A. opening; no B. opening; the overcurrent C. closing; no D. closing; the overcurrent ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 K5.02 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to A. C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION: Breaker control (2.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 13, Pg. 20-23; SD000182 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5065, 5051 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The closing springs are charged by motor.

B. Incorrect - The closing springs are charged by motor.

C. Correct.

D. Incorrect - The overcurrent trip is powered from DC and is NOT active when DC is lost.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 33 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 34 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 During a Station Blackout, as the battery discharges over time loads such as a motor will draw

___________ current while running. This is because battery voltage ___________ over time.

A. less, decreases.

B. less, increases.

C. more, decreases.

D. more, increases.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 263000 A1.01 Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION controls including: Battery charging/discharging rate (2.5)

REFERENCE:

CGS Procedure 5.6.1, Rev. 12, pg. 5 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis/ Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current.

B. Incorrect - As voltage drops, the DC motor will demand more current.

C. Correct - The battery voltage will decrease and more current is drawn from the battery as it discharges D. Incorrect - Motor current goes up, and battery voltage decreases over time.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8)

Page 34 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 35 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has experienced a small LOCA. Drywell pressure is 6 psig. All systems functioned as designed. Ten minutes after the accident, all off-site power is lost.

Which of the following automatic responses would you expect following the loss of off-site power?

A. SW-P-1A/1B will start after its 20 second time delay.

B. DG-3 will trip on high jacket water temperature.

C. A Failure to Auto Start alarm will annunciate for all DGs.

D. HPCS-P-2 will start regardless of its discharge valve position.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 264000 A3.06 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) including: Cooling water system operation (3.1)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Standby Service Water, Rev. 14; SD000204 SOURCE: New Question LO: 7744 Describe the physical connection and/or cause-and-effect relationship between Service Water and: b. Diesel Generators RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - the discharge valve must stroke closed after the sequencer sequences SW on, and then start to reopen. This adds to the normal start time.

B. Incorrect - this trip will still be bypassed after the LOOP.

C. Incorrect - this would trip the DG.

D. Correct - this pump auto starts regardless of its discharge valve position.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (8)

Page 35 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 36 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power with TR-S tagged out of service to facilitate BPA work. A leak in containment caused drywell pressure to rise to 4 psig. All systems operated as designed except that breaker CB-B-8 failed to auto close.

If, coincident with the start of DG-2, a Generator Overcurrent condition were to occur, which of the following is correct?

A. DG-2 would start and trip due to the overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.

B. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2C starts and 5 seconds later, RHR-P-2B starts.

C. DG-2 would start but not tie onto SM-8 due to the overcurrent condition. RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C would lose power.

D. DG-2 would tie onto and re-energize SM-8. RHR-P-2B starts and 10 seconds later, RHR-P-2C would start.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 264000 K3.01 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following:

Emergency core cooling systems (4.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, DG Pg 18, 19, 52; SD000200 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5313 (DG) 7772 (AC)

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A & C are incorrect because this trip is bypassed with a LOCA signal present. D is incorrect because the loading sequence is not correct.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (8)

Page 36 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 37 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following are available to cool the Control Air Compressors during a Loss of Offsite Power?

A. ONLY CJW-P-1A B. ONLY CJW-P-1B C. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1A D. Fire Water AND CJW-P-1B ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 300000 K1.04 Knowledge of the connections and/or cause effect relationships between INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM and the following: Cooling water to compressor (2.8)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Control and Service Air System, Rev. 9; SD000205 SOURCE: New Question LO: LO 7606 Determine the affect on the CAS from the following events: b. Loss of Offsite Power RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect, this pump is shed during a LOOP.

B. Incorrect, Fire Water is available due to the connections and the DG fire pump.

C. Incorrect, this CJW pump is shed during a LOOP.

D. Correct , the CJW pump is powered by the diesel on a vital load center, and fire water is available through the DG fire pump.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4)

Page 37 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 38 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following conditions will prevent the manual insertion of any control rod using the Reactor Manual Control System?

A. RMCS Activity Control disagree.

B. IRM downscale at 14% power.

C. RPIS malfunction at 24% power.

D. RDCS Rod bypassed.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 201002 K4.04 Knowledge of REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Single notch rod withdrawal and insertion (3.3)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, RMCS, Rev. 11, pg. 15; SD000148 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5799 State the function of the following rod motion indicators: b. Activity control disagree.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - See reference.

B. Incorrect - The IRM downscale will only prevent rod withdrawal.

C. Incorrect - RPIS will only cause a rod block through RWM or RSCS below 20% power.

D. Incorrect - This only prevents a single rod from inserting using RMCS.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)

Page 38 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 39 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 If power is lost to bus SH-5, which of the following components will lose power?

A. RRC-P-1A B. COND-P-5 C. TSW-P-1A D. CRD-P-1B ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 202001 K2.01 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following:

Recirculation Pumps Plant specific (3.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, AC Distribution, Rev. 13; SD000182 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5058 Identify the loads on the following buses: e. SH5, SH6 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - RRC A is powered from SH-5.

B. Incorrect - It is powered from SI-63 via SH-6.

C. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5.

D. Incorrect - Not powered from SH-5.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (6)

Page 39 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 40 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor is at 75% power when a voltage transient results in the loss of one Reactor Recirculation Pump. The transient has resulted in the reactor now operating in the AIA.

Based on this event, the operator should first:

A. prevent an ASD over-frequency pump trip by placing the operating loop controller in manual.

B. place the operating loop controller in manual to minimize the potential for vibration induced jet pump damage.

C. manually adjust the operating loop flow controller to exit the AIA and preclude uncontrolled power oscillations.

D. manually adjust the master flow controller to exit the AIA and avoid exceeding the power to flow scram setpoint.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 202002 A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Recirculation Pump Trip (3.4)

REFERENCE:

SD000184, RRFC, Rev 14, page 12 of 43 SOURCE: NEW LO: 9687 - State the conditions that will cause an individual ASD controller to automatically shift from AUTO to MANUAL.

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The loop flow controller automatically shifts to manual on the trip of one of the running pumps.

B. Incorrect - The same reason as A.

C. Correct - Given the reactor is operating in the AIA, the first action should be to exit the AIA using flow control.

D. Incorrect - The master flow controller cannot be used with only one reactor recirc pump running (by interlock).

COMMENTS: 10CFR55.41 (5)

Page 40 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 41 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With the reactor stable at 920 psig and 36 inches, if containment temperature were to increase from 90 to 350 degrees, the indicated level on the Upset Level Range would:

A. Increase B. Decrease C. Increase ONLY after the calibration temperature of 135 degrees is exceeded D. Decrease ONLY after the calibration temperature of 135 degrees is exceeded ANSWER: A 6QUESTION Closed Reference TYPE:

KA # & KA VALUE: 216000 K5.07 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to NUCLEAR BOILER INSTRUMENTATION: Elevated temperature effects on level indication (3.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation, Rev. 9; SD000126 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: With the reactor stable, an increase in containment temperature would cause an increase in the temperature of the reference leg. This would lower the density making the reference leg lighter. Because level is derived by a dp cell measuring the difference in weight, the decrease in the weight of the reference leg would cause indicated level to increase making A the correct answer.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5)

Page 41 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 42 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 99% power when condenser vacuum begins to lower (trending to no vacuum). If this trend continues, the operator is required to:

A. TRIP the Main Turbine ONLY before the MSIVs close at 7" Hg.

B. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 7" Hg.

C. ONLY TRIP the Main Turbine before the MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.

D. SCRAM the Reactor and then trip the Main Turbine before MSIVs close at 8.3" Hg.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 239001 A2.08 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Low condenser vacuum (3.6)

REFERENCE:

ABN-VACUUM SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - MSIVs close at 8.3" B. Incorrect - MSIVs close at 8.3" C. Incorrect - If you trip the turbine first, then the Reactor might scram on high pressure.

D. Correct- MSIVs close at 8.3, tripping reactor first helps limit SRV usage and automatic trips.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (7) & (10)

RTP to 99% power.

Check Validation comments to see if they agree that this is memory knowledge.

Page 42 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 43 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in the process of a start up following a refueling outage. The following are some of the normal steps in placing the turbine generator on line:

1. Throttle valve / governor valve transfer
2. Bypass valves control pressure at 920 psig
3. Bypass valves close Which of the following gives the correct sequence for these activities?

A. 1, 2, then 3 B. 2, 1, then 3 C. 3, 1, then 2 D. 1, 3, then 2 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 241000 K1.28 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR/TURBINE PRESSURE REGULATING SYSTEM and the following: Reactor startup (3.2)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Main Turbine, Rev. 9, pg. 39-41; SD000129 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect B. Correct C. Incorrect D. Incorrect COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (4) & (10)

Page 43 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 44 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was at 90% power when a malfunction of the A Moisture Separator Reheater 2nd stage temperature controller caused the Temperature Control Valves to go closed.

Due to the above, final steady state reactor thermal power will be ________ the original thermal power, and the main turbine governor valves will travel in the _________ direction.

A. the same as, open B. the same as, closed C. lower than, open D. lower than, closed ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 245000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS will have on following:

reactor power (3.9)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Columbia Simulator SOURCE: New Question LO: 7747 Determine the affects of MSR Second Stage Reheater operations on the LP Main Turbine RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 4 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Correct - Rx power will be the same because there has been no change in the net reactivity for the reactor. Pressure goes up due to more steam flow through governor valves, which drives governor valves slightly open.

B. Incorrect - See A.

C. Incorrect - Power stays the same - colder feedwater offsets higher pressure.

D. Incorrect - See C.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (1) & (4) & (5) & (14)

Page 44 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 45 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following responses is expected for the Reactor Feedwater System following a complete loss of Plant Service Water (TSW)?

A. The feedpumps will eventually auto trip on high vibration.

B. The bearing temperatures will rise on the feedpumps.

C. The feedpumps will eventually auto trip on high lube oil temperature.

D. The feedpump auxiliary oil pump will auto start.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 259001 K6.06 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM: Plant service water (2.7)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Feedwater, Rev. 9; SD000151 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5768 Describe how the following systems interrelate with the Feedwater system. B. TSW RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - This valve has no automatic actuations.

B. Correct - The oil is no longer being cooled, so the bearing temperature will rise.

C. Incorrect - The valves controller would be sending an open signal.

This valve does not close on a loss of TSW.

D. Incorrect - This pump has a start signal on a loss of pressure, not high temperature.

COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (4)

Page 45 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 46 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in the process of a plant startup after a refueling outage. The Offgas and Air Removal systems are in the process of being placed in service.

Which of the following statements correctly describes the operation of the Steam Jet Air Ejector 1st Stage Pressure Control Valve, MS-PCV-16A, when its control switch is placed in the AUTO position?

MS-PCV-16A opens when.

A. downstream pressure is LT 50 psig.

B. 1st stage steam flow is LT 9200 lbm/hr.

C. MS-V-12A, 2nd stage startup steam supply closes.

D. upstream steam supply pressure is GT 120 psig.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 271000 A1.15 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the OFFGAS SYSTEM controls including: Steam supply pressures (2.7)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Air Removal System, Rev. 10; SD000181 SOURCE: New Question LO: 5621 Describe the physical connection and/or the cause-and-effect relationship between the Offgas Processing system and the following: c.

Control and Service Air system AND d. Main Steam System RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - In STDBY it opens if LT 50 psig and upstream press GT 120#.

B. Incorrect - Steam flow closes AR-V-2A/B/C C. Incorrect - 2nd stage operates independently from 1st stage valves.

D. Correct - In AUTO valve opens when upstream pressure GT 120#.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (13)

Page 46 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 47 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 99% power with the Control Room HVAC Normal Supply Plenum (Outside Air Intake WOA-V-51C/52C) OPEN, the #1 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN, and the #2 Remote Intake (WOA-V-51B/52B ) CLOSED.

An event occurs that causes the Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum Radiation indication to raise to 16 mr/hr and stabilized.

Which of the following lineups is correct for the above conditions?

A. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN B. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C OPEN, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED C. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A OPEN D. Normal Supply Plenum WOA-V-51C/52C CLOSED, #1 Remote Air Intake WOA-V-51A/52A CLOSED ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 290003 K1.03 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between CONTROL ROOM HVAC and the following: Remote air intakes: Plant Specific (2.8)

REFERENCE:

CGS System Description, Control Room HVAC, Rev. 10; SD000201 SOURCE: New Question LO: 7649 Describe the CR HVAC response system response to a FAZ signal RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The normal supply plenum closes on a Z signal (13 mr/hr on RB exhaust).

B. Incorrect - The normal supply plenum closes on a Z signal.

C. Correct - The remote air intake (manual valves) must be open for the Control Room to pressurize.

D. Incorrect - With all intakes closed, the CR will not pressurize.

COMMENTS: Ref. 10 CFR 55.41 (7)

Page 47 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 48 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With the mode switch in shutdown and reactor pressure at 135 psig, the reactor would be in Mode:

A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.22 Ability to determine the Mode of Operation (2.8)

REFERENCE:

CGS Technical Specifications Table 1.1-1 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: Steam Table JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect because mode switch is not in startup.

B. Correct because mode switch in shutdown, and pressure indicates temperature above 200F.

C. Incorrect because pressure indicates temperature above 200F.

D. Incorrect because pressure indicates that vessel head is off.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (5) & (10)

Page 48 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 49 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a lower seal cavity (Seal No. 1) pressure of ____ psig and an upper seal cavity (Seal No. 2) pressure of ____ psig would be indicative of a degraded upper seal on a Reactor Recirculation Pump?

A. 310; 910 B. 510; 710 C. 710; 510 D. 910; 310 ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretations (3.7)

REFERENCE:

CGS Procedure ABN-RRC-SEAL, Rev 4, Step 1.2.

SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Analysis/Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal.

B. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal.

C. Incorrect - The indications would be the failure of the lower seal D. Correct - Upper seal pressure would drop below 510 psig for a failure of upper seal.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (3)

Page 49 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 50 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading states, "Total core flow is restricted to LE 10,000 GPM drive flow via RHR and/or RRC." This applies with fuel bundles removed from the core.

The reason for this precaution is to prevent damaging the:

A. Control Rods.

B. LPRMs.

C. Jet Pumps.

D. Refueling Equipment.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.26 Knowledge of refueling administrative requirements (2.5)

REFERENCE:

CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.

16, pg. 12 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The Control Rods are unaffected due to support from fuel.

B. Correct - See reference.

C. Incorrect - Jet pumps are adequately supported during refueling.

D. Incorrect - Cross flow of concern should only occur in between the fuel assemblies.

COMMENTS: Ref : 10 CFR 55.41 (2) & (10)

Page 50 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 51 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following is the criteria for stopping the fuel shuffle process in procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading?

A. Doubling in the SRM period.

B. Doubling in the average SRM count rate.

C. Doubling of any single SRM period.

D. Doubling of any single SRM count rate.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: Closed Reference KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.28 Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures (2.6)

REFERENCE:

CGS Procedure 6.3.2, Fuel Shuffling and/or Offloading and Reloading, Rev.

16, Section 2.2 SOURCE: New Question LO:

RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A. Incorrect - The reference says count rate.

B. Correct - See reference.

C. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate.

D. Incorrect - Reference says TWO doublings of any single SRM count rate.

COMMENTS: Ref: 10 CFR 55.41 (10)

Page 51 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 52 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The reason for the automatic reactor scram associated with a main turbine trip is to:

A. limit cycling of the SRVs.

B. mitigate the reactor power increase.

C. prevent a main steam line rupture.

D. minimize the wetwell heatup.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295005AK1.01 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Main Turbine Generator Trip: Pressure effects on reactor power. (4.0)

REFERENCE:

SD000161; TS Bases 3.3.1.1 SOURCE: Modified LO: 5949 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: As stated in the system description, the basis for the automatic scram is to limit the pressure and corresponding power increase following the closure of the throttle valves. Additionally, the basis for Turbine Trip LCO states the pressure and power effects on the reactor following a trip of the Main Turbine must be limited. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 52 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 53 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following conditions exist:

HPCS and RCIC auto started RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band Drywell pressure is .92 psig Both Reactor Recirculation Pumps have tripped CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT-3B/4B are open Both Reactor Feed Pumps have tripped Which of the following caused the scram?

A. Main turbine trip B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor level + 13 inches D. Reactor pressure 1060 psig ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295005 AK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Recirculation system (3.2)

REFERENCE:

SD000178 RRC Systems text pages 10, 23 and 24 SOURCE: Bank LO: 5023 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Only a Main Turbine trip opens both CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT 3B/4B. A is correct. The other three choices are scram signals but would only open CB-RPT-3A and 3B.

COMMENTS:

Page 53 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 54 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The Control Room has been abandoned and all immediate actions have been completed.

According to ABN-CR-EVAC, the RPV must be Emergency Depressurized from the Remote Shutdown Panel?

When indicated RPV level reaches:

A. -147.

B. -150".

C. -161.

D. -183.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295016 AA1.06 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT: Reactor water level (4.0)

REFERENCE:

ABN-CR-EVAC; SD000126 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11401 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: ABN-CR-EVAC states ED is required at -147. ED is performed when RPV level drops below lowest usable indicated RPV level which is -147 on the wide range. A is correct. Emergency Depressurization, without control room evacuation would occur at an RPV level of -161 (non-ATWS) and -183 (ATWS) thus C and D are incorrect. -150 is lowest meter indication for a wide range instrument, is not usable, and therefore D is incorrect.

COMMENTS: LOOK AT VALIDATION COMMENTS TO SEE IF THIS IS MEMORY KNOWLEDGE FROM AN RO Page 54 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 55 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is in a refueling outage. Fuel shuffle evolutions are on-going on the Reactor Building 606 elevation. Due to an error associated with the placement of spent fuel bundles in the Spent Fuel Pool the 606 Fuel Pool area criticality Monitor, ARM-RIS-2, alarms in the Control Room.

What indications of the alarming radiation monitor are available on the Reactor Building 606 Refueling Floor?

A. A rotating amber light only.

B. A pulsing red light only.

C. A rotating amber light and an klaxon alarm.

D. A pulsing red light and an klaxon alarm.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295023 AA1.04 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS: Radiation Monitoring equipment. (3.4 3.7)

REFERENCE:

SD000141 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5114 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per the systems text all Area Radiation Monitors have a rotating beacon.

Additionally, ARM-RIS-2 has a klaxon horn associated with its alarm condition. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 55 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 56 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A scram occurs with Columbia at 90% power and near the end of the operating cycle. RPV level has been recovered from -65 inches and the scram has been reset.

After resetting the scram, the reactor operator notes all RPS Group white lights are illuminated but the scram discharge volume vents and drains did not open. The reactor operator also notes the scram accumulators are not recharging.

These indications would be expected if:

A. APRM power peaked at 120 percent.

B. RPV pressure peaked at 1138 psig.

C. Drywell pressure peaked at 1.9 psig.

D. Scram Discharge Volume level peaked at the 530 elevation.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295025 EK2.04 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE and the following: ARI/RPT/ATWS: Plant specific (3.9)

REFERENCE:

SD000142 SOURCE: Bank Slightly Modified LO: 5189 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: ATWS/ARI Logic is initiated at a RPV pressure of 1120 and a RPV level of

-50. B is correct as it is GT 1120 psig. A, B, and C would cause a scram but not the initiation of ATWS ARI.

COMMENTS:

Page 56 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 57 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would preclude the use of a wide range level instrument to report RPV level while operating in the EOPs?

A. RPV Pressure of 25 psig; Drywell Temperature of 300°F; no erratic indications observed B. RPV Pressure of 50 psig; Drywell Temperature of 285°F; erratic indication observed C. RPV Pressure of 75 psig; Drywell Temperature of 330°F; erratic indication observed D. RPV Pressure of 100 psig; Drywell Temperature of 325°F; no erratic indication observed ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295028 EK2.03 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following: Reactor Water level indication (3.6)

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 RPV Saturation Temperature Curve SOURCE: New LO: 8488 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: SATURATION TEMPERATURE CURVE from PPM 5.0.10 JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 5.0.10 and the RPV Saturation Temperature Curve, the answer is C as the parameters are within the unsafe region of figure A and erratic indications are observed COMMENTS:

Page 57 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 58 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at rated power when a trip of both Reactor Feed Pumps occurred. RPV level dropped to -75 inches before returning to the normal operating band. All systems operated as designed except that coincident with the reactor scram, the feeder breaker to MC-4A tripped open.

Which of the following actions must be performed under these conditions?

Trip DG-3:

A. by locally closing the engine fuel oil supply valve.

B. by placing the Unit Mode Selector Switch in the MAINT position.

C. from the control room within 6 minutes.

D. at the local control panel immediately.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295031 Reactor Low Water Level. 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of cooling water procedures. (3.3 / 3.7)

REFERENCE:

ABN-SW; SD000204; SD000200 SOURCE: NEW LO: 6760, 5835, 5837 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A RPV level of -50 inches causes DG-3 to start. The HPCS service water pump, HPCS-P-2, is powered from MC-4A. With the feeder opening to MC-4A, this prevents HPCS-P-2 from starting. This means DG-3 is running without service water. Per ABN-SW, DG-3 is immediately tripped. D is correct. C is incorrect because DG-3 cannot be tripped from the control room. Additionally the time is incorrect for DG-3 but is correct for DG-1 and DG-2 if they were running without service water. A is incorrect because it is not per procedure. B is incorrect as it would not stop local starts of the DG.

COMMENTS:

Page 58 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 59 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 97% power when a transient occurred resulting in a gaseous release.

QEDPS indicates a TEDE (Whole Body) dose that requires a General Emergency classification.

The CDE (Thyroid/Iodine) dose is only 20% of the required General Emergency dose threshold.

Based on these conditions, the operating crew should conclude that the release is from the:

A. Reactor Building with SGT in service.

B. Reactor Building with SGT not in service.

C. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC in service.

D. Turbine Building with Turbine Building HVAC not in service.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 High Off-site Release Rate EA2.04 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE:

Source of off-site release (4.1 4.5)

REFERENCE:

SD000144 SOURCE: Bank LO: 5821 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A filtered release, i.e. with SGT in operation, results in a relatively low CDE (Thyroid from Iodine) dose. A projected dose at the site boundary high enough for a General Emergency, but with a relatively low Thyroid dose can only be the result of a release through SGT. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 59 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 60 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given that if SRVs are cycling, manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.

Which of the following describes the basis for this direction?

A. Maintains reactor water inventory in the Containment.

B. Maximizes the amount of steam condensed in the wetwell.

C. Maximizes the amount of energy directed to the main condenser.

D. Maintains pressure below the scram setpoint and allows resetting of the scram.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295007 AK3.04 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE: Safety/relief valve operation: Plant specific (4.0 4.1)

REFERENCE:

5.0.10 SOURCE: Bank (slightly modified stem and modified answer to be consistent with distractors)

LO: 8053 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: SRVs are opened to stop SRVs from cycling and pressure is reduced to 945 psig which is the pressure at which steam flow through the BPVs is at 100%.

C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 60 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 61 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 89% power when a Recirculation Suction Line break caused a High Drywell Pressure reactor scram. The High Drywell signal has cleared and ONLY the scram has just been reset.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump room) is filling from the scram discharge header, and pumps down based on the operation of the Fill/Pump out Timer.

B. EDR-R-5 (Sump in the CRD Pump room) is filling from the scram discharge header, but does not pump down due to the isolation of the outlet discharge valve EDR-V-395.

C. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump room) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line and pumps down based on the operation of the Fill/Pumpout Timer.

D. FDR-R-3 (Sump in the HPCS Pump room) is filling from the broken RRC Suction line, but does not pump down due to the isolation of the outlet discharge valve FDR-V-220.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295036 EA2.03 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL:

Cause of the high water level (3.4 3.8)

REFERENCE:

SD000142; SD000167; SD000173 SOURCE: Bank LO: 5475 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: C and D are incorrect because the drywell outlet valves for the floor drains isolate on the high drywell pressure and does not reopen based on the scram being reset.

A is incorrect because the sump outlet isolates on the high drywell pressure and does not reopen based on the scram being reset. B is correct because the water in the sump comes from the SDV and it does not pump down until the F signal is reset.

COMMENTS:

Page 61 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 62 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The following plant conditions exist following an extended run at rated conditions:

Reactor level was -137 inches for the last 3 minutes and is now trending up slow SM-7 is out of service due to ongoing maintenance HPCS-P-1 is injecting into the core RHR-P-2B and RHR-P-2C are not running ADS is NOT inhibited Which of the following describes the response to a manual start of RHR-P-2C?

A. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.

B. When RHR-P-2C discharge pressure is GE 125 psig for 105 seconds, all ADS SRVs will open.

C. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C closes, all ADS SRVs will open immediately.

D. When the breaker for RHR-P-2C closes, all ADS SRVs will open 105 seconds later.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 203000 K3.03 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RHR/LPCI INJECTION MODE will have on following: Automatic depressurization logic (4.2 4.3)

REFERENCE:

SD000186 SOURCE: Bank - Modified stem and distractors LO: 5070 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: ADS will initiate when both of the following conditions are met: 105 seconds after -

129 and RHR pressure GE 125 psig. A is correct. B is not correct because it includes the 105 seconds that have already timed out. C and D are incorrect because they are based on breaker closure not system pressure.

COMMENTS:

Page 62 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 63 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) channel "C" is powered from:

A. Critical Instrument Power Inverter IN-1.

B. 125 VDC Distribution Panel DP-S1-1A.

C. 24 VDC Distribution Panel DP-SO-A.

D. Reactor Protection System Bus "A".

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 215005 K2.02 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: APRM channels (2.6 2.8)

REFERENCE:

SD000149 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5096 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: As stated in SD000149 - APRM C is powered from RPS A thus D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 63 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 64 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 RCIC has been manually started for RPV pressure control and is operating in the CST to CST mode.

If CST level decreases to 1' 6", then:

A. a RCIC turbine trip will occur on low RCIC pump suction pressure causing RCIC-V-1 to close.

B. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through the full flow test line.

C. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and discharge back to the Suppression Pool through RCIC-V-19.

D. RCIC will take a suction from the Suppression Pool and transfer water to the CSTs through RCIC-V-59.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 K4.07 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Alternate supplies of water (3.6 3.6)

REFERENCE:

PPM 4.601.A4-3.4 SOURCE: Bank - Slightly modified LO: 5724 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: At a CST level of 110 RCIC-V-31 (SP suction) opens and RCIC-V-10 (CST suction) closes. When RCIC-V-31 is full open RCIC-V-22 and V-59 (full flow test line to CST) close thus C is correct. A is not correct because one suction valve does not close until the other is full open. B is incorrect because RCIC-V-22 and V-59 close. D is incorrect because RCIC-V-19 discharges to the SP.

COMMENTS:

Page 64 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 65 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) system has been manually started for a pump operability surveillance in that system valves were manually operated. RCIC is now operating in the CST to CST mode.

An equipment operator has reported the presence of a small steam leak on the RCIC turbine. The CRS directs the Control Room Operator (CRO) to secure the RCIC turbine. The CRO depresses the "MANUAL ISOLATION" pushbutton (P/B).

In response to this action, the RCIC turbine will:

A. trip and both the inboard and outboard RCIC steam supply line isolation valves will close.

B. continue to operate normally.

C. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-63 (steam supply line inboard isolation valve) will close.

D. trip and ONLY RCIC-V-8 (steam supply line outboard isolation valve) will close.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) including: Valve operation (3.5 3.5)

REFERENCE:

SD000180 SOURCE: Bank - modified slightly LO: 5723 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: If an initiation signal were present, the isolation P/B would close RCIC-V-8 and trip the turbine. In the stem, it is clear an initiation signal is not present thus B is the correct answer and other answers are incorrect.

COMMENTS:

Page 65 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 66 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following describes the effect of a loss of normal 480 VAC power to UPS inverter E-IN-1?

A. The Static Switch provides a make before break forward transfer of loads from the normal AC source, MC-7A, to the 250 VDC battery.

B. The 250 VDC battery, which supplies the inverter in parallel with the output of the rectifier fed from MC-7A, assumes the load.

C. A break before make transfer to the Kirk Key Bypass Source, MC-7F, results in a momentary (4 millisecond) loss of power to inverter E-IN-1 loads.

D. The Static Switch provides a bumpless transfer of the critical UPS loads from the inverter output, to the Bypass AC source, fed from MC-7F.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 262002 K4.01 Knowledge of UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (A. C./D.

C.) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Transfer from preferred power to alternate power supplies (3.1 3.4)

REFERENCE:

ABN-INV SOURCE: Bank - Slightly modified LO: 5891 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: The battery is the first to assume load on a loss of normal AC as stated in the answer B. A is incorrect because there is no static switch involved. C is incorrect because the Kirk Key swaps power between normal and bypass source MC-7A. D is incorrect because static switch no involved and bypass source is MC-7F.

COMMENTS:

Page 66 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 67 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Using the attached Electrical Wire Diagram of the Plant Service Water System, which of the following statements is correct?

A. Contact S21 / S21T is closed when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is open and would be opened when the breaker for TSW-P-1A is closed.

B. When emergency power is restored, TSW-P-1A auto starts after a 10 second time delay if Standby Pump Selector Switch is in TSW-P-1A position.

C. An undervoltage on SM-85 causes TSW-P-1A to start regardless of lube water flow if start occurs within 60 seconds of undervoltage on SM-85.

D. TSW-P-1A trips when TSW-V-53A is 15% open in the closed direction regardless of TSW-P-1A control switch position.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 400000 2.1.24 Ability to obtain and interpret station electrical and mechanical drawings (2.8 3.1)

REFERENCE:

EWD - 57E - 002 SOURCE: NEW LO: 4047 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: EWD-57E-002 JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because Contact is an a contact and follows breaker position.

C is incorrect because lube water flow has to be normal on any pump start regardless of any time considerations. D is incorrect because the contacts above valve at 15% contacts requires the switch to be in any position other than Auto after start. B is correct as the pump selector switch needs to be in the TSW-P-1A position and on the pump start a 10 second time delay is enforced by TSW-RLY-62/TSW1A.

COMMENTS:

Page 67 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 68 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A few minutes after resetting a valid reactor scram signal, the CRO notes that the red and green lights for the Scram Discharge Volume Drain Valves, are both illuminated.

Based on these indications, the CRO should conclude:

A. One drain valve is intermediate and the other drain valve is either intermediate or full open.

B. One drain valve is intermediate and the other drain valve is either intermediate or full closed.

C. The outboard drain valve is full closed and the inboard drain valve is full open.

D. The inboard drain valve is full closed and the outboard drain valve is full open.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 201001 A3.10 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM including: Lights and Alarms (3.0 2.9)

REFERENCE:

SD000142 SOURCE: Bank - modified stem and distractor wording LO: 5198 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: As per SD000142; both SDV drain valve lights illuminated indicate both drain valves are at least in the intermediate position. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 68 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 69 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The control room switch for Fuel Pool Circulating Pump A (FPC-P-1A) is in the IR-71 position and the control switch for FPC-P-1B is in the IR-69 position.

With this switch alignment:

A. taking the local control switch for the standby FPC pump to the START position will start the pump without enforcing the start permissives.

B. and both local control switches in the NEUTRAL position, the standby pump only auto start if the operating FPC pump has a low discharge pressure.

C. and the local control switch for both FPC pumps in the START position, neither pump will start if there is an F or A signal.

D. and the local control switch for both FPC pumps in the NEUTRAL position, if the operating FPC pump trips, the standby FPC pump will not auto start.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 233000 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate components / including local controls (3.9 3.4)

REFERENCE:

SD000202 SOURCE: NEW LO: 15308 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because start permissives are still enforced with operation from the local control panel. B is incorrect because there is no auto feature associated with the standby pumps with C/S in NEUTRAL. C is incorrect because the FPC start logic does not look at an F or A signal. D is correct per systems text.

COMMENTS:

Page 69 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 70 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at rated power when a manual scram was initiated but control rods did not insert. PPM 5.1.1 was entered and exited to PPM 5.1.2 due to the ATWS condition. RPV level is currently -20" and reactor power is approximately 20%. All three Circ Water pumps are in operation and the Main Turbine is on line.

In accordance with the EOPs, PPM 5.5.6, Bypassing MSIV Low RPV Level and High Steam Tunnel Temperature Isolation Interlocks, has been performed and RCIC-V-1 has been manually closed.

The EOPs now direct that RPV level be lowered in an effort to reduce reactor power. RPV level is now -60 inches and trending down slowly.

Which of the following choices indicates the correct lineup for the above conditions?

A. CW-P-1B, CW-P-1C, and the Main Turbine tripped at -50 inches. CW-P-1A will continued to operate.

B. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C tripped at -50 inches. CW-P-1A continued to operate.

The Main Turbine stayed on line.

C. All three Circ Water pumps tripped at -50 inches. The Main Turbine will trip on loss of Main Condenser Vacuum.

D. All three Circ Water pumps continued to operate. The Main Turbine stayed on line.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.31 Ability to locate control room switches, controls and indications and to determine that they are correctly reflecting the desired plant lineup (4.2 3.9)

REFERENCE:

SD000180; SD000193 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11241 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Closing RCIC-V-1 prevents RCIC start at Level 2 and tripping off the Main Turbine.

PPM 5.5.6 does nothing to the logic for the CW Pumps. CW-P-1B and CW-P-1C will trip at Level 2. CW-P-1A does not trip on a Level 2 signal. A is incorrect as it indicates the MT will trip. C is incorrect because it states all 3 CW pumps will trip at

-50. D is incorrect because B and C CW pumps do trip at -50. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 70 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 71 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 During the performance of a quarterly RHR Valve Operability surveillance, you are required to measure stroke times for various valves.

When taking time measurements which of the following is correct?

If stroke time testing a valve closed, the stopwatch is started when:

A. both red and green lights are illuminated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.

B. the control switch is rotated to the closed position and is stopped 10 seconds after the red light extinguishes.

C. the control switch begins to be rotated towards the closed position and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.

D. both red and green lights are illuminated and is stopped when the red light extinguishes.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.12 Knowledge of surveillance procedures (3.0 3.4)

REFERENCE:

OSP-RHR/IST-Q702 precaution and limitation 4.7 SOURCE: NEW LO: 10776 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per the surveillance procedures, the stopwatch is started when the control switch is turned and stopped when the valve indicates full open or closed. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 71 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 72 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 You have been directed to perform a task in an area of the plant where the radiation level is 80 mr/hr. You expect the task to last 30 minutes. This quarter you have received 987 mrem TEDE.

Based on this information, which of the following is correct?

Based on the dose you will receive performing this task:

A. an Administrative Dose Hold Point will become effective when you receive an additional 13 mrem TEDE.

B. an Administrative Dose Extension shall be approval by the Plant General Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.

C. an Administrative Dose Extension shall be approval by the Radiation Protection Manager PRIOR to beginning the task.

D. there are no Administrative Dose Hold Points associated with the completion of this task.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.4 Knowledge of the radiation exposure limits and contamination control /

including permissible levels in excess of those authorized. (2.5 3.1)

REFERENCE:

GEN-RPP-06 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11257 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: As stated in GEN-RPP-06 attachment 8.1, an administrative dose hold point occurs for a TEDE of 2 Rem. The question will have the individual dose exceeding 1 Rem therefore no dose hold point is applicable. D is correct. If 2 rem were exceeded an Administrative Dose Hold Point would occur. RPM approval is required. If 4 rem TEDE were to be exceeded, then the Plant General Managers approval would be required.

COMMENTS:

Page 72 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 73 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Your electronic dosimeter reads 0 mrem when you entered a posted radiological area. Now, after spending 10 minutes in the area, it reads 20 mrem.

Based on this information, this area should be posted as a:

A. Radiation Area.

B. High Radiation Area.

C. High High Radiation Area.

D. Locked High Radiation Area.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.1 Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements. (2.6 3.0)

REFERENCE:

PPM 11.2.7.1; SWP-RPP-01 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11257 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: 20 mrem times 6 (6 - 10 minute periods in an hour) is 120 mrem which is a High Radiation Area. A high Radiation Area is posted with a sign and the words CONTACT HP PRIOR TO ENTRY. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 73 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 74 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at power, heavy smoke is quickly filling the Control Room.

According to ABN-CR-EVAC, which of the following actions must be completed prior to evacuating the Control Room?

A. If Control Rods failed to insert, initiate ARI.

B. Arm and Depress MSIV Isolation Logic Pushbuttons.

C. Have the Safe Shutdown Operator perform Attachment 7.1.

D. Place the Mode Switch in the Refuel position.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.11 Knowledge of Abnormal Condition procedures. (3.4 3.6)

REFERENCE:

ABN-CR-EVAC SOURCE: NEW LO: 6889 RATING: Knowledge: Analysis Difficulty: 3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per ABN-CR-EVAC none are immediate operator actions except closing the MSIVs. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 74 of 75

2006 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 75 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at full power when a series of events occurred. Due to low RPV level, the Shift Manager has declared an Alert at 1525.

Which of the following correctly describes when notification to the State and local authorities must be made ?

Notifications must be made no later than:

A. 1530 B. 1540 C. 1555 D. 1625 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.29 Knowledge of the Emergency Plan (2.6 4.0)

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.4.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 6176 RATING: Knowledge: Fundamental Difficulty: 2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 13.5.5, personnel accountability is established within 30 minutes whenever a Site evacuation is directed. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 75 of 75

ES-401 Record of Rejected K/As Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected Reason for Rejection K/A RO WRITTEN EXAM 1/1 295018; 2.1.15 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/1 295031; 2.4.28 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/2 295009; 2.1.26 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2/2 259001; K2.01 CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2/2 286000; A4.06 Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001 K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1 295012 AA1.03 Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2 295017 AK2.12 Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1 295018 2.1.20 KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1 295030 EK1.03 KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place 2/1 295002 K5.09 KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1 215004 A2.02 Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place

ES-401, Rev. 9 Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES-401-9 Instructions

[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]

1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).
3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
  • The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
  • The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
  • The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
  • The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
  • One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
  • The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
  • The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
  • The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
  • The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
6. Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
7. At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).

ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 1 F 3 2 F 2 X E Distractor B credible?

3 H 4 x E Clarify stem wording 4 F 2 x U KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.

5 F 2 6 H 3 7 H 3 8 H 4 X U KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.

9 F 2 10 F 2 11 H 3 12 F 2 13 H 3 14 F 2 15 H 4 16 H 3 17 F 2 X 18 H 3 19 F 3 20 F 2 X

ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 21 H 4 22 F 2 23 H 3 X U justification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24 H 3 25 H 3 X U credible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.

26 F 2 27 H 3 28 H 3 29 H 4 30 H 2 X E better distractor phrasing if level stabilizes - Reword 31 F 2 X E recommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

32 F 2 X U Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

33 F 2 X E Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

34 H 3 X E Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

35 H 4 36 H 3 37 F 3 38 F 2 39 F 2 40 F 2 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 41 H 3 X E distractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length 42 F 2 X E distractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording 43 F 2 44 H 2 45 H 4 X E rephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

46 F 2 47 H 3 X X E cluttered stem; rephrase T/ F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

48 F 1 U LOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.

49 H 3 X E give pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is 50 H 3 51 F 2 52 F 2 53 H 3 54 F 2  ????? Rewrote stem 55 F 2 X U exam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56 H 4 57 H 2 58 H 3 X X U include DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem 59 H 3 60 H 3 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 61 H 4 62 H 3 63 F 2 64 F 2 65 H 3 X E stem wording - rewrite stem 66 F 3 67 H 2 68 F 2 69 H 4 E distractor wording and the local - ok as is 70 H 4 71 F 2 X E 2 Qs contained within the stem - revise stem wording 72 F 3 X E 2 Qs contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revise stem wording 73 F 2 74 F 3 75 F 2 X X E RO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1 F 3 answer + 55.43 + open ref ? - Ok as is S2 H 4 X X E reword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S3 F 2 X E change wording cause to require in the stem - rewrite question S4 H 4 X reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S5 H 3 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only S6 H 4 S7 F 2 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8 H 3 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S9 F 2 X X U reword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.

S10 H 3 X X U distractor B is a subset of distractor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -

rewrite question.

S11 H 4 X U system response question RO level - ok as is S12 H 3 S13 H 4 S14 F 2 X X X U KA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite question S15 F 2 X E credible distractor D - ok as is S16 F 2 E possible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as is S17 F 2 X U Direct lookup? Ok as is S18 F 2 S19 F 2 S20 F 2 X X U KA mismatch; reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21 F 2 S22 F 2 X E poorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?

Rewrite question stem.

S23 F 2 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - ok as is S24 H 3 S25 H 4

ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License written examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Abilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.

Prior to development of the written examination outline, the K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated.

To satisfy the systematic sampling requirement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.

1 was followed. The exception to Att. 1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected have been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.

Ron Hayden Exam Author

ES-401 Record of Rejected K/As Form ES-401- 4 Tier/Group Randomly Selected Reason for Rejection K/A RO WRITTEN EXAM 1/1 295018; 2.1.15 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/1 295031; 2.4.28 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 1/2 295009; 2.1.26 KA has a value of less than a 2.5 for RO 2/2 259001; K2.01 CGS does not have Motor Driven RFW pumps 2/2 286000; A4.06 Randomly deleted this to select a K2 Category as sample had only 1 K2 question at the time. 202001 K2.01 was subsequently selected 1/1 295012 AA1.03 Could not write a discerning question. AA1.04 randomly selected in its place 1/2 295017 AK2.12 Duplicate knowledge to CGS Q#8/exam Q#59 (295038 EA2.04). 295014 AK2.06 randomly selected in its place 1/1 295018 2.1.20 KA 2.1.20 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA 2.1.28 selected in its place 1/1 295030 EK1.03 KA EK1.03 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA EK1.01 selected in its place 2/1 295002 K5.09 KA K5.09 was deleted during NRC development of the question. Deleted KA documented on question template. KA K5.03 selected in its place SRO WRITTEN EXAM 2/1 215004 A2.02 Could not write an SRO only question. 212000 A2.03 randomly selected in its place

ES-401, Rev. 9 Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES-401-9 Instructions

[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]

1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).
3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
  • The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
  • The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
  • The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
  • The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
  • One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
  • The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
  • The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
  • The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
  • The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
6. Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
7. At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).

ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 1 F 3 2 F 2 X E Distractor B credible?

3 H 4 x E Clarify stem wording 4 F 2 x U KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.

5 F 2 6 H 3 7 H 3 8 H 4 X U KA mismatch - After discussing with licensee determined the question is ok as written.

9 F 2 10 F 2 11 H 3 12 F 2 13 H 3 14 F 2 15 H 4 16 H 3 17 F 2 X 18 H 3 19 F 3 20 F 2 X

ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 21 H 4 22 F 2 23 H 3 X U justification of 30, 40 , 60 - modified the distractors 24 H 3 25 H 3 X U credible distractors; GFES level Q? - rewrote question.

26 F 2 27 H 3 28 H 3 29 H 4 30 H 2 X E better distractor phrasing if level stabilizes - Reword 31 F 2 X E recommend actions to reduce vice true false - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

32 F 2 X U Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

33 F 2 X E Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

34 H 3 X E Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

35 H 4 36 H 3 37 F 3 38 F 2 39 F 2 40 F 2 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 41 H 3 X E distractor length wording - Revised the distractor wording/length 42 F 2 X E distractor C could be argued as correct also - Revised stem wording 43 F 2 44 H 2 45 H 4 X E rephrase T / F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

46 F 2 47 H 3 X X E cluttered stem; rephrase T/ F - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

48 F 1 U LOD - Level of difficulty is ok as is.

49 H 3 X E give pressure and determine seal condition - determined the question is ok as is 50 H 3 51 F 2 52 F 2 53 H 3 54 F 2  ????? Rewrote stem 55 F 2 X U exam KA does not match outline KA - Corrected outline 56 H 4 57 H 2 58 H 3 X X U include DG as part of distractor / answer; KA mismatch - Revise stem 59 H 3 60 H 3 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only 61 H 4 62 H 3 63 F 2 64 F 2 65 H 3 X E stem wording - rewrite stem 66 F 3 67 H 2 68 F 2 69 H 4 E distractor wording and the local - ok as is 70 H 4 71 F 2 X E 2 Qs contained within the stem - revise stem wording 72 F 3 X E 2 Qs contained within the stem; seems more like admin jpm - revise stem wording 73 F 2 74 F 3 75 F 2 X X E RO level knowledge; Answer incorrect for data given? - delete question S1 F 3 answer + 55.43 + open ref ? - Ok as is S2 H 4 X X E reword stem to avoid true false application; A credible? - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S3 F 2 X E change wording cause to require in the stem - rewrite question S4 H 4 X reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S5 H 3 ES-401, Rev. 9 2 Form ES-401-9

1. 2. 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6. 7.

Q# LOK LOD (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues T/F Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back- Q= SRO U/E/S Explanation Focus Dist. Link units ward K/A Only S6 H 4 S7 F 2 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - reword stem S8 H 3 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - Determined this is not a T/F question and is ok as is.

S9 F 2 X X U reword stem to avoid true false application; Direct lookup? - Determined this is not a T/F question nor a direct lookup and is ok as is.

S10 H 3 X X U distractor B is a subset of distractor C; No diagnosis (all choices 5.3.1) -

rewrite question.

S11 H 4 X U system response question RO level - ok as is S12 H 3 S13 H 4 S14 F 2 X X X U KA mismatch; Direct lookup; credible distractor - rewrite question S15 F 2 X E credible distractor D - ok as is S16 F 2 E possible 2 correct answers (choice C) ok as is S17 F 2 X U Direct lookup? Ok as is S18 F 2 S19 F 2 S20 F 2 X X U KA mismatch; reword stem to avoid true false application - rewrite Q S21 F 2 S22 F 2 X E poorly phrased stem; reword stem to avoid true false application; 55.43?

Rewrite question stem.

S23 F 2 X E reword stem to avoid true false application - ok as is S24 H 3 S25 H 4

ES-401D.1.b - Statement of Random KA Selection The Initial License written examination outline for the November, 2006 Exam has been developed in accordance with the guidance in NUREG 1021 Rev 9. This version requires a random sampling of the Knowledge and Abilities Catalog, NUREG 1123, for written examination sample plan development.

Prior to development of the written examination outline, the K/A Catalog was reviewed and any K/As not relevant to Columbia Generating Station, a BWR-5 with a Mark II Containment, were eliminated.

To satisfy the systematic sampling requirement, the methodology in ES-401 Att.

1 was followed. The exception to Att. 1 was the use of a computerized random number generator instead of the suggested token process. Any K/A selected with an importance factor of less than 2.5 was rejected. All remaining randomly selected K/As that were rejected have been justified on ES-401-4, which is included with this submittal.

Ron Hayden Exam Author

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 1 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006

`

Columbia is operating with the following conditions given:

The reactor is operating at 100% power Rod line is 100%

OPRMs are inoperable Due to an ASD fault, both RRC-P-1A and RRC-P-1B run back to 15 Hz.

Based on the given conditions, which is correct?

The plant would be in:

A. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-POWER would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.

B. both the OPRM enabled region and the Area of Increased Awareness. ABN-POWER would be entered and control rods would be inserted per the fast shutdown sequence.

C. the OPRM enabled region but no other on the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and exit from the region would be accomplished by inserting control rods per the fast shutdown sequence.

D. region A of the power to flow map. ABN-CORE would be entered and the reactor would be manually scrammed.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295001AA2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION:

Power/flow map (3.5 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SOP-RRC-START & ABN-CORE SOURCE: NEW LO: 5022 RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: YES - SOP-RRC-START Attachment 6.1 - Two Loop Power/Flow Map JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because ABN-POWER does not give any direction for RRC pump runback. B is also incorrect because you are in region A. C is incorrect because ABN-CORE does not direct exiting the region by inserting rods. Also you are not just in the OPRM region. D is correct. The conditions given would leave the plant in region A. ABN-CORE would be entered and a manual scram would be inserted because the OPRMs were inoperable.

Page 1 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 2 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia Generating Station is in Hot Shutdown. All systems are operational. The feeder breaker to the HPCS Battery Charger, HPCS-C1-1, then trips open.

Which of the following is correct?

A. Declare affected required features inoperable immediately and initiate actions to restore required DC electrical power subsystem to operable status immediately.

B. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately, verify RCIC operable by administrative means immediately, and restore HPCS system to operable status in 14 days.

C. Declare HPCS inoperable within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> or cooldown to LE 200 °F within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

D. Declare HPCS system inoperable immediately and restore HPCS system to operable status within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: System lineups (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

TS 3.8.4B SOURCE: NEW LO: 7657 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.8.4 ; TS 3.8.5; TS 3.5.1; TS 3.5.2 JUSTIFICATION: The plant is in Mode 3. B is correct as it uses TS 3.8.4B for Mode 1, 2 or 3 as basis for answer. B is incorrect because it uses the DC shutdown TS 3.8.5. C is incorrect because it uses the completion time for Div 1 and 2 DC systems from TS 3.8.4. D is incorrect because it uses ECCS Shutdown and HPCS is not a required operable system.

COMMENTS:

Page 2 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 3 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Which of the following would cause the CRS to direct a manual scram?

A. Drywell temperature is 300°F and trending up slow due to a leak from the packing on an inboard MSIV. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Drywell temperature reading.

B. ARM-RIS-12 is reading 9952 mr/hr and trending up slow due to a steam leak in the RCIC Pump Room. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to ARM-RIS-12 reading.

C. Wetwell temperature is 99°F and trending up slow due to SRV leakage. PPM 5.2.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to the Wetwell temperature reading.

D. LD-TE-3A is reading 220°F due to an instrument line rupture. PPM 5.3.1 was entered and a manual scram was directed due to LD-TE-3A reading.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.06 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Cause of the reactor SCRAM. (3.5 3.8) 10CFR55.43.4

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8456 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - S leg, tables 22, 23, 24, and 25 or PPM 5.3.1; PPM 5.2.1 WW/T leg blocks WT-4 to WT-5; PPM 5.2.1 DW/T leg blocks DT-8 thru ED Required.

JUSTIFICATION: B is the correct answer, because PPM 5.3.1 directs that a manual scram be inserted prior to exceeding a MSOV with a primary system discharging into the Sec.

Containment. A, C and D are all parameters that could cause a scram to be entered but the value is not close enough for the EOPs to direct a scram.

COMMENTS:

Page 3 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 4 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 3 with the scram reset and RHR-P-2B in Shutdown Cooling with the following conditions:

RHR-P-2A inoperable Reactor water level +65 inches and stable RRC-P-1A in operation at 15 Hz SW-P-1B then trips and will not restart.

If this condition exists for an extended period of time, which of the following statements is correct?

A. Due to lowering RPV level, PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control would be entered to re-establish adequate core cooling.

B. Due to rising drywell temperature, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control would be entered to lower drywell temperature.

C. Due to rising reactor pressure, ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish shutdown cooling.

D. Due to trip of RRC-P-1A on high motor temperature, ABN-RRC-LOSS would be entered to re-establish forced core flow.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295021AA2.06 - Ability to determine and /or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING: Reactor pressure (3.2 3.3) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

ABN-RHR-SDC-LOSS SOURCE: NEW LO: 5780 b RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because the level will go up due of heat up. B is incorrect because the loss of SW has no effect on PC temperature. C is the correct answer because the loss of cooling will cause reactor temperature and pressure to increase until Shutdown Cooling would isolate at 125 psig. D is incorrect because the RRC pumps do not trip on high temperature.

COMMENTS:

Page 4 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 5 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred that resulted in a Drywell Floor Downcomer sheared off 6 inches below the Drywell Floor. The following conditions exist:

Drywell pressure 32 psig and stable RPV Level -155 inches and down slow Wetwell Level 29 feet and down slow 2 Control Rods Not fully inserted ARM-RIS-13 HPCS Pump Room Pegged high at 10E4 An Emergency Depressurization shall be directed per A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control C. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control - ATWS D. PPM 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295024EA2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Suppression Chamber Pressure. (3.9 3.9) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8341 8340 RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - PSP Curve, PPM 5.3.1 table 24 and section S JUSTIFICATION: Due to the downcomer failure, Suppression Chamber Pressure and Drywell Pressure are equal and an ED is required because the PSP curve has been exceeded.

This makes A correct. B and C are both incorrect because neither of these procedures requires an ED above TAF. D is incorrect because 5.3.1 requires that there be 2 areas above MSOV prior to ED.

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 6 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia was operating at 96% power when an unplanned Reactor Feedwater transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:

Reactor level +21 inches and up slow Reactor pressure 1048 psig and up fast Reactor power 27% and stable All white scram group lights NOT illuminated MSIVs Closed Drywell pressure 1.58 psig and up Suppression Pool temperature 85°F and up Reactor Building pressure -.11 inches of water Which of the following procedures should be entered first?

A. ABN-LEVEL B. ABN-PRESSURE C. PPM 5.1.1. RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2, RPV Control ATWS ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037 2.4.6 SCRAM Condition Present and Power above APRM Downscale or Unknown: Knowledge of symptom based EOP mitigation strategies. (3.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.6

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control, PPM 5.0.10 page 100 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017 RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: C is the correct answer because with the white scram group lights out, there is a scram signal present. With power at 27%, not all control rods inserted. This requires an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control prior to the entry into PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS. The SRO must make a choice under these conditions as to which procedure to enter. Since EOPs take precedence over ABNs, the correct choice would be to enter the correct EOP even though both ABN-LEVEL and ABN-PRESSURE have entry conditions..

COMMENTS: THIS IS NOT TO BE A TRICK QUESTION - WATCH VALIDATION COMMENTS Page 6 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 7 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power. A failure occurs in the Radwaste Building resulting in a spill of a large amount of resin from a RWCU Demineralizer 45 minutes ago.

Reactor Power 99%

WEA-RIS-14 Rad Waste Bldg. Exhaust, Low 1.8E6 cpm Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

Enter A. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate the Columbia River, Horn Rapids ORV Park, Ringold Fishing Area, Wahluke Hunting Area, and Schools in EPZ.

B. PPM 13.1.1 and PPM 5.4.1, perform a Site Evacuation, and evacuate all sections 0-2 miles and 10 miles downwind, and shelter remaining sections.

C. PPM 5.4.1 concurrently with PPM 5.1.1 and manually scram the reactor.

D. PPM 5.4.1 and Emergency Depressurize the reactor.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295038 2.4.44 - High Offsite release rate: Knowledge of the Emergency Plan Protective Action Recommendations. (2.1 4.0) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.2.2 rev. 15, PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8893 RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.4.1, rev. 12 with entry conditions, and PPM 13.1.1, rev. 34. table 3 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the conditions given meet the requirements for a SAE and the actions are the automatic PARS for that EAL. B is incorrect because these actions are for a GE, which has not been reached. C and D are both incorrect because there is no primary system discharging outside of the plant.

COMMENTS:

Page 7 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 8 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Following an Emergency Depressurization due to a coolant leak, the following conditions exist:

Drywell Temperature 275 °F Reactor Pressure 25 psig Drywell Pressure 27 psig RPV Level -162 inches and stable Wetwell Pressure 22 psig RHR-P-2A and LPCS-P-1 Injecting Wetwell Level 35 ft SM-8 Locked out Based on the above plant parameters, which of the following is correct?

The CRS reviews A. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and sprays the Drywell regardless of adequate core cooling.

B. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and determines PC Flooding is required and exits to Severe Action Guidelines (SAGs).

C. PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control, and monitor Reactor Level instruments for erroneous/erratic indications.

D. PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control, and lowers Suppression Pool Level to LT +2 inches utilizing SOP-RHR-SPC.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295012 2.1.25 High Drywell Temperature: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables with contain performance data (2.8 3.1) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 SOURCE: NEW LO: 4104 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 - Primary Containment Control EOP Flowchart, RPV Saturation Temperature Curve A, PCPL Curve B, P-8, P-9, P-11, P-13 and P-14 of the PC Pressure Leg, L1 on WW level leg.

JUSTIFICATION: A incorrect - conditions do not exist which require DW sprays regardless of adequate core cooling. B incorrect - conditions do not exist which require venting the Primary Containment. C correct - the combination of DW pressure and low reactor pressure have resulted in an entry into the Sat Curve. D incorrect because the valve lineup for lowering suppression pool isolated at 1.68 psig DW pressure.

COMMENTS:

Page 8 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 9 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 During a reactor startup with power at 28% a rod drop accident causes a power spike and has resulted in the following plant parameters:

Reactor pressure 990 psig Reactor power 31%

Reactor level 36 inches MAPRAT 0.68 MCPR 1.01 LHGR 0.27 Based on given conditions, which of the following is correct?

A. Insert all operable control rods within two hours.

B. Adjust the APRM gain within six hours.

C. Verify control rod separation criteria are met and disarm the associated Control Rod drive within two hours.

D. Restore MCPR to within the limits in two hours and reduce thermal power to LT 25%

RTP within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295014 AA2.05 ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Violation of a Safety Limit IMP 4.6 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 2.1, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 SOURCE: NEW LO: 10304 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the MCPR safety limit has been violated. B is incorrect because LHGR (MFLPD ) is LT the FRTP. C is incorrect because the action is for a stuck rod. D is incorrect because one or the other conditions would be performed, not both.

COMMENTS:

Page 9 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 10 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant has scrammed following a LOCA with fuel damage. RHR-P-2A, which has been reported as having a large packing leak, was started and lined up for RPV injection. Until this RHR pump began injecting, the other ECCS/injection systems were unable to restore RPV level. RPV level is now slowly recovering.

The REACTOR BLDG RAD HIGH annunciator illuminated shortly after RHR-P-2A was started.

ARM-RIS-9, RHR A Pump Room indicates GT 10,000 mr/hr. Two additional Reactor Building ARMs are alarming, but indicate LT 500 mr/hr.

Which of the following describes the correct response to this high radiation condition?

A. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV B. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A C. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Sec. Containment Control and 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization Stop injecting with RHR-P-2A and Emergency Depressurize the RPV D. Enter PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control Continue injecting with RHR-P-2A ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295033 2.4.47 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels - Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (3.4 3.7) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control SOURCE: BANK QUESITON LO: 8466 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control COMMENTS:

JUSTIFICATION: Ans. D is the only correct answer since PPM 5.3.1 does not permit isolating a system which is required for adequate core cooling and Emergency Depressurization is not initiated until two or more areas exceed max safe values (GT 10E4 mr/hr).

Page 10 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 11 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The reactor was operating at 92% power with HPCS-P-1 in operation in Full Flow Test mode, Suppression Pool to Suppression Pool. A transient has occurred which resulted in a scram and the following conditions:

Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum 12 mr/hr and stable Wetwell Level -3 inches and down slow Reactor Level 22 inches and down slow Reactor Pressure 1048 psig and up slow Control Rod 30-31 Position 24 Control Rod 15-47 Position 08 Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.

B. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.

C. HPCS-V-15 closes, PPM 5.3.1 Secondary Containment Control is entered and PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control ATWS are entered.

D. HPCS-V-15 remains open, PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control is entered, and PPM 5.5.23 Emergency Suppression Pool Makeup is utilized for Suppression Pool level control.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:

Low suppression pool level (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SD000174 rev. 10 page 10 and PPM 5.2.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8017, 5429 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there are no entry conditions for PPM 5.3.1. B is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and SOP-HPCS-CST/SP is incorrect. C is incorrect because HPCS-V-15 remains open and there are no entry conditions for PPM5.3.1. D is correct because there is no low level interlock to close HPCS-V-15 and the entry for PPM 5.2.1 on SP level is given. PPM 5.5.23 is used to refill the SP per PPM 5.2.1.

COMMENTS:

Page 11 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 12 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 65% power. The last performance of the weekly RPS Manual Scram Channel Functional Test Surveillance was completed at 1200 on October 21st. It was discovered at 1000 on October 30th that the next performance of this surveillance had not yet been completed.

Select the statement below which correctly describes the actions which must be taken based on the above condition.

A. The missed surveillance must be completed by 0600 on October 31st or be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

B. The completion of the surveillance, if started immediately, is within Technical Specification time requirements.

C. Manage the risk impact and complete the missed surveillance by 1000 on November 6th.

D. The missed surveillance has resulted in Columbia having to be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from the time of discovery.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 212000 A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance Testing (3.3 3.5) 10CFR55.43.3

REFERENCE:

TS 3.3.1.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 10301 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: TS 3.3.1.1 including table ``3.3.1.1-1 and SR 3.0.3 JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect - SR 3.0.2 allows 1.25 times 7 days from last performance which would be 0600 on October 30 (8 days and 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br />) - surveillance is late. A is based on the 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from recognition of a missed surveillance and is incorrect because if the risk is managed the surveillance can go longer than Oct. 31st . C is correct per SR 3.0.3 which has been changed to allow 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or surveillance frequency if an risk impact is performed. D is incorrect as it does not take into account TS 3.0.3.

COMMENTS:

Page 12 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 13 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 90% power when a seismic event caused the following:

Reactor level -25 inches and stable Scram Group Lights not illuminated Blue Scram lights 27 are illuminated SLC-P-1A and SLC-P-1B loss of power indicated Main Generator undergoing oscillations from 450 Mwe to 1100 Mwe Based on these conditions, the CRS enters A. PPM 5.1.2 and directs boron injection with RCIC.

B. PPM 5.1.2 and directs the closure of RCIC-V-1 to prevent a Main Turbine trip.

C. ABN-POWER and directs the start of both RRC pumps at 15 Hz to stop the Main Generator oscillations.

D. ABN-POWER and directs that control rods be inserted in reverse order of the fast shutdown sequence.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000 2.1.20 - RCIC - Ability to execute procedural steps (4.3 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.1.2, rev. 17, step Q-11.

SOURCE: NEW LO: 11145 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - Q10 through Q14 of PPM 5.1.2 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct as required by PPM 5.1.2 step Q-14. MG Oscillations are in excess of 25% thermal power. B is incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 directs the use of RCIC for boron injection. C and D are both incorrect because PPM 5.1.2 takes precedent over any direction in ABN-POWER under these conditions.

COMMENTS:

Page 13 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 14 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 95% power when MS-RV-5B failed in the open position and could not be closed.

Suppression Pool temperature has reached 108°F and is trending up slowly.

Enter A. ABN-SRV and immediately reduce RRC flow to 60 mlbm/hr and scram the reactor.

B. ABN-SPC and place two loops of RHR Suppression Pool Cooling in service.

C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control and place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.

D. PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and initiate an Emergency Depressurization.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 239002A2.03 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: stuck open relief valve (4.1 4.2) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1 rev. 16 WW temp leg SOURCE: NEW LO: 8300 RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C is correct because PPM 5.2.1 block WT-4 requires entry into PPM 5.1.1 before WW temp reaches 110°F. A is incorrect because ABN-SRV directs that action as subsequent actions, not immediate actions. B is incorrect because there is no procedure ABN-SPC. D is incorrect because there is no ED required until HCTL is exceeded for temperature.

COMMENTS:

Page 14 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 15 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 96% power when a broken coupling is discovered on SW-P-1B.

The CRS is required to declare SW-P-1B inoperable and A. DG-2 inoperable immediately.

B. prevent DG-2 start immediately.

C. its associated ECCS pumps inoperable immediately.

D. run SW-P-1A immediately to determine its operability.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 262001 2.1.11 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification actions statements for systems: AC Electrical Distribution (3.0 3.8) 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

TS 3.7.1 and TS 3.8.1 SOURCE: NEW LO: 9414 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because TS 3.7.1 directs the cascade and TS 3.8.1 applicability requires the DG inoperability. B is incorrect because DG-3 is not associated with SW-P-1B.

C is incorrect because TS 3.7.1 make no direction for considering the ECCS pumps.

D is incorrect because, while a common cause determination is required there is no immediate requirement for a SW-P-1A run.

COMMENTS:

Page 15 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 16 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant was operating at 99% power when a failure of TR-N2 caused the loss of both SH-5 and SH-6.

Which of the following actions is correct for this condition?

Enter A. ABN-POWER, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.

B. ABN-RRC-LOSS, verifies operation in Region A prior to scramming the reactor.

C. ABN-POWER and immediately scram the reactor.

D. ABN-RRC-LOSS and immediately scram the reactor.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 202001A2.04 A Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM (HPCS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Multiple Recirculation Pump trips. (3.7 3.8) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

ABN-RRC-LOSS rev. 1, immediate actions SOURCE: NEW LO: 6733 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The immediate actions for ABN-RRC-LOSS state that the plant must be scrammed if both RRC pumps trip in Modes 1 or 2. D is the only correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Page 16 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 17 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is at 32% power with APRM F out of service and a peripheral control rod selected on the rod select matrix. APRM B then fails upscale.

Which of the following is correct?

RBM-B is inoperable, A. and must be restored to operable status within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

B. and must be placed in the trip condition within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

C. but is not required by Tech Specs until reactor power exceeds 35%.

D. but is not required by Tech Specs because a peripheral control rod is selected.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 215002 2.1.12 - Ability to apply Tech Specs for a system. (2.9 4.0) 10CFR55.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Am 169 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5701 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: YES - Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 and table 3.3.2.1-1 JUSTIFICATION: RBM operability is required by TS anytime rector power is GE 30% unless a peripheral control rod is selected. As stated in the stem, a peripheral control rod is selected which does not require RBM operability. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 17 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 18 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 With Columbia operating at 100% power, a leak in the Main Condenser has caused a reactor water chlorides to reach 250 ppb (.25 ppm).

Select the statement that correctly describes the actions to be taken for the above condition.

A. Restore conductivity to within limits within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

B. Be in MODE 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and MODE 4 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

C. Perform an orderly unit shutdown and be in cold shutdown as rapidly as operating conditions permit.

D. If chlorides not below 200 ppb within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, reduce core flow to 60 Mlbm/hr and SCRAM the reactor per PPM 3.3.1.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 25600 2.1.34 Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowable limits (2.3 2.9) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 6 and Page 10 SOURCE: NEW LO: 5013 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: SWP-CHE-02 Rev.11 Page 1, 6, 7, 10; LCS 1.4.1 Rev. 28 pages 1 thru 4 JUSTIFICATION : If only TS was referenced, A would be correct. A is incorrect but a viable action per LCS 1.4.1 Table 1.4.1-1. B is incorrect but an action per LCS 1.4.1 if the required completion time for condition A is not met. C is incorrect as this action would be required if Action Level 2 was exceeded. Conductivity exceeds Action Level 3 value which require a flow reduction and scram if not below 200 ppb within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 18 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 19 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 99% power when several crew members become sick and go home four hours prior to the end of their shift. The remaining shift complement consists of 1 Senior Reactor Operator, 2 Reactor Operators, and 1 Equipment Operator.

Which of the following describes the Technical Specification requirements concerning this situation?

A. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> provided action is taken to replace these positions within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to replace the required position or be in Mode 2 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 3 within the following 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

C. The required Senior Reactor Operator, Reactor Operator, and Equipment Operator positions may be vacant for a period not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> provided immediate action is taken to replace these positions.

D. With less than the required shift complement, action must be taken within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to replace the required position or immediately take actions to place the reactor in Mode 3.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.4 Knowledge of shift staffing requirements (2.3 3.4) 10CFR50.43.2

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 5.2.2b SOURCE: NEW LO: 6071, 6933 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION : Per TS 5.2.2b, C is correct.

COMMENTS: Added ROs to A & C as 3 are required Page 19 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 20 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is in MODE 5 with Refueling activities in progress on the Refuel Floor.

Which of the following is considered a core alteration per Columbia Procedures?

A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.

B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.

C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.

D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.29 Knowledge of SRO fuel handling responsibilities. (1.6 3.8) 10CFR55.43.7

REFERENCE:

PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: Bank, 2002 NRC Exam - slightly changed.

LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec/Columbia Procedural definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.

COMMENTS:

Page 20 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 21 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A Temporary Modification has just been installed in the plant.

Who signs and dates the Installation Complete block on the TMR?

A. Operations Manager B. Minor Modifications Group Supervisor C. Design Engineer D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.11 Knowledge of the process for controlling temporary changes. (2.5 3.4) 10CFR55.43.3

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.3.9 Rev. 39 Step 3.2.4 SOURCE: NEW LO: 8628 SRO only RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.9 Temporary Modifications states the CRS/Shift Manager signs the Installation Complete block. D is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Page 21 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 22 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia has been operating at power with several suspected leaking fuel assemblies. Offgas activity has been rising steadily. A leak in the supply line to OG-RIS-612, Offgas Pre-Treatment Monitor, requires isolation. The equipment operator closing the valve is expected to receive 3.4 REM TEDE.

Which of the following describes who performs the final review and approval of this Planned Special Exposure.

A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Plant General Manager C. Operations Manager D. Shift Manager ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.2 Knowledge of facility ALARA program. (2.5 2.9) 10CFR55.43.4

REFERENCE:

GEN-RPP-08 Rev. 1 page 3 SOURCE: BANK LO00257 - 2000 NRC exam LO: 11258 RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: None JUSTIFICATION: Per GEN-RPP-08 the Plant General Manager has final review/approval. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Page 22 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 23 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 The plant is operating at 50% power following a forced outage. A batch of nonradioactive RCC water has to be discharged following maintenance on the system. Sample results confirmed no identifiable activity other than naturally occurring isotopes.

Who authorizes the release of this RCC water?

A. Radiation Protection Manager B. Operations Manager C. Chemistry Manager D. CRS/Shift Manager ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.6 Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.

(2.1 3.1) 10CFR50.43.4

REFERENCE:

PPM 12.2.14 R4 Page 4 SOURCE: Bank - 2001 NRC Exam - slightly modified LO: 11260 RATING: L4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Per PPM 12.2.14, the CRS/Shift Manager approves the release.

COMMENTS:

Page 23 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 24 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 Columbia is operating at 80% power. A surveillance concurrent with an instrument failure causes the HPCS system to inject to the RPV. Injection is secured by overriding HPCS-V-4, the HPCS injection valve, closed and stopping HPCS-P-1.

Which of the following is true in regards to NRC reportability?

This would be a/an A. 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report for ECCS injection into the RPV.

B. 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> report for Tech Spec required shutdown.

C. 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> report for valid actuation of a system.

D. 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> report for single train inoperable.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.30 Knowledge of which events related to system operation/status should be reported to outside agencies. (2.2 3.6) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.10.1 Rev. 27 Pages 9 - 12, NUREG 1022 3.2.6 SOURCE: NEW LO: 6011 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: PPM 1.10.1 rev. 27, page 9 - 12 ; NUREG-1022 Page 45 for 3.2.6 JUSTIFICATION: A and C are incorrect because this condition is not a valid initiation signal. B is incorrect because this situation does not require a TS shutdown. D is correct because HPCS is a single train which is now unable to perform its safety function.

COMMENTS:

Page 24 of 25

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR WRITTEN EXAMINATION QUESTION # 25 EXAM KEY NOVEMBER 2006 A LOCA has occurred that resulted in the following conditions:

Reactor level -138 inches and stable on the Compensated Fuel Zone Reactor level off scale low on the Wide Range Reactor Pressure 105 psig and stable Wetwell temperature 199°F and up slow Wetwell level GT 51 feet Wetwell pressure 91 psig and up fast Offsite dose rate 9 mrem/hr TEDE and 5 mrem/hr CEDE Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Enter PPM 5.4.1, Radioactivity Release Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the Offsite Release has exceeded the Alert Classification.

B. Enter PPM 5.1.1, RPV Control. The Reactor should be emergency depressurized because the HCTL has been exceeded.

C. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the drywell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.

D. Enter PPM 5.2.1, Primary Containment Control. Containment should be vented through the wetwell, regardless of offsite release rate, to prevent the loss of systems required for adequate core cooling.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency conditions. (3.0 4.0) 10CFR55.43.5

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 9, pages 89, 268, & 269 SOURCE: NEW LO: 11229 RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: Yes - PCPL Curve; PPM 5.2.1 P-13 & P-14; HCTL Curve; PPM 5.4.1 with entry conditions JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because neither has exceeded the limits. C is incorrect because you are directed to vent the drywell with wetwell level GT 51 feet.

Page 25 of 25